2019-01-06 00:32:48 +03:00
|
|
|
# generated automatically by aclocal 1.15.1 -*- Autoconf -*-
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2019-01-06 00:32:48 +03:00
|
|
|
# Copyright (C) 1996-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
|
|
|
|
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
|
|
|
|
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
|
|
|
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
|
|
|
|
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
|
|
|
|
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
m4_ifndef([AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS], [m4_defun([_AM_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS], [])m4_defun([AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS], [_AM_CONFIG_MACRO_DIRS($@)])])
|
|
|
|
m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION],
|
|
|
|
[m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl
|
|
|
|
m4_if(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]), [2.69],,
|
|
|
|
[m4_warning([this file was generated for autoconf 2.69.
|
|
|
|
You have another version of autoconf. It may work, but is not guaranteed to.
|
|
|
|
If you have problems, you may need to regenerate the build system entirely.
|
|
|
|
To do so, use the procedure documented by the package, typically 'autoreconf'.])])
|
|
|
|
|
CHANGES FROM 3.1c TO 3.2
* Add a flag to disable keys to close a message.
* Permit shortcut keys in buffer, client, tree modes to be configured with a
format (-K flag to choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree).
* Add a current_file format for the config file being parsed.
* When display-message used in config file, show the message after the config
file finishes.
* Add client-detached notification in control mode.
* Improve performance of format evaluation.
* Make jump command support UTF-8 in copy mode.
* Support X11 colour names and other colour formats for OSC 10 and 11.
* Add "pipe" variants of "copy-pipe" commands which do not copy.
* Include "focused" in client flags.
* Send Unicode directional isolate characters around horizontal pane borders if
the terminal supports UTF-8 and an extension terminfo(5) capability "Bidi" is
present.
* Add a -S flag to new-window to make it select the existing window if one
with the given name already exists rather than failing with an error.
* Addd a format modifier to check if a window or session name exists (N/w or
N/s).
* Add compat clock_gettime for older macOS.
* Add a no-detached choice to detach-on-destroy which detaches only if there
are no other detached sessions to switch to.
* Add rectangle-on and rectangle-off copy mode commands.
* Change so that window_flags escapes # automatically. A new format
window_raw_flags contains the old unescaped version.
* Add -N flag to never start server even if command would normally do so.
* With incremental search, start empty and only repeat the previous search if
the user tries to search again with an empty prompt.
* Add a value for remain-on-exit that only keeps the pane if the program
failed.
* Add a -C flag to run-shell to use a tmux command rather than a shell command.
* Do not list user options with show-hooks.
* Remove current match indicator in copy mode which can't work anymore since we
only search the visible region.
* Make synchronize-panes a pane option and add -U flag to set-option to unset
an option on all panes.
* Make replacement of ##s consistent when drawing formats, whether followed by
[ or not. Add a flag (e) to the q: format modifier to double up #s
* Add -N flag to display-panes to ignore keys.
* Change how escaping is processed for formats so that ## and # can be used in
styles.
* Add a 'w' format modifier for string width.
* Add support for Haiku.
* Expand menu and popup -x and -y as formats.
* Add numeric comparisons for formats.
* Fire focus events even when the pane is in a mode.
* Add -O flag to display-menu to not automatically close when all mouse buttons
are released.
* Allow fnmatch(3) wildcards in update-environment.
* Disable nested job expansion so that the result of #() is not expanded again.
* Use the setal capability as well as (tmux's) Setulc.
* Add -q flag to unbind-key to hide errors.
* Allow -N without a command to change or add a note to an existing key.
* Add a -w flag to set- and load-buffer to send to clipboard using OSC 52.
* Add -F to set-environment and source-file.
* Allow colour to be spelt as color in various places.
* Add n: modifier to get length of a format.
* Respond to OSC colour requests if a colour is available.
* Add a -d option to display-message to set delay.
* Add a way for control mode clients to subscribe to a format and be notified
of changes rather than having to poll.
* Add some formats for search in copy mode (search_present, search_match).
* Do not wait on shutdown for commands started with run -b.
* Add -b flags to insert a window before (like the existing -a for after) to
break-pane, move-window, new-window.
* Make paste -p the default for ].
* Add support for pausing a pane when the output buffered for a control mode
client gets too far behind. The pause-after flag with a time is set on the
pane with refresh-client -f and a paused pane may be resumed with
refresh-client -A.
* Allow strings in configuration files to span multiple lines - newlines and
any leading whitespace are removed, as well as any following comments that
couldn't be part of a format. This allows long formats or other strings to be
annotated and indented.
* Instead of using a custom parse function to process {} in configuration
files, treat as a set of statements the same as outside {} and convert back
to a string as the last step. This means the rules are consistent inside and
outside {}, %if and friends work at the right time, and the final result
isn't littered with unnecessary newlines.
* Add support for extended keys - both xterm(1)'s CSI 27 ~ sequence and the
libtickit CSI u sequence are accepted; only the latter is output. tmux will
only attempt to use these if the extended-keys option is on and it can detect
that the terminal outside supports them (or is told it does with the
"extkeys" terminal feature).
* Add an option to set the pane border lines style from a choice of single
lines (ACS or UTF-8), double or heavy (UTF-8), simple (plain ASCII) or number
(the pane numbers). Lines that won't work on a non-UTF-8 terminal are
translated back into ACS when they are output.
* Make focus events update the latest client (like a key press).
* Store UTF-8 characters differently to reduce memory use.
* Fix break-pane -n when only one pane in the window.
* Instead of sending all data to control mode clients as fast as possible, add
a limit of how much data will be sent to the client and try to use it for
panes with some degree of fairness.
* Add an active-pane client flag (set with attach-session -f, new-session -f
or refresh-client -f). This allows a client to have an independent active
pane for interactive use (the window client pane is still used for many
things however).
* Add a mark to copy mode, this is set with the set-mark command (bound to X)
and appears with the entire line shown using copy-mode-mark-style and the
marked character in reverse. The jump-to-mark command (bound to M-x) swaps
the mark and the cursor positions.
* Add a -D flag to make the tmux server run in the foreground and not as a
daemon.
* Do not loop forever in copy mode when search finds an empty match.
* Fix the next-matching-bracket logic when using vi(1) keys.
* Add a customize mode where options may be browsed and changed, includes
adding a brief description of each option. Bound to C-b C by default.
* Change message log (C-b ~) so there is one for the server rather than one per
client and it remains after detach, and make it useful by logging every
command.
* Add M-+ and M-- to tree mode to expand and collapse all.
* Change the existing client flags for control mode to apply for any client,
use the same mechanism for the read-only flag and add an ignore-size flag.
refresh-client -F has become -f (-F stays for backwards compatibility) and
attach-session and switch-client now have -f flags also. A new format
client_flags lists the flags and is shown by list-clients by default.
This separates the read-only flag from "ignore size" behaviour (new
ignore-size) flag - both behaviours are useful in different circumstances.
attach -r and switchc -r remain and set or toggle both flags together.
* Store and restore cursor position when copy mode is resized.
* Export TERM_PROGRAM and TERM_PROGRAM_VERSION like various other terminals.
* Add formats for after hook command arguments: hook_arguments with all the
arguments together; hook_argument_0, hook_argument_1 and so on with
individual arguments; hook_flag_X if flag -X is present; hook_flag_X_0,
hook_flag_X_1 and so on if -X appears multiple times.
* Try to search the entire history first for up to 200 ms so a search count can
be shown. If it takes too long, search the visible text only.
* Use VIS_CSTYLE for paste buffers also (show \012 as \n).
* Change default formats for tree mode, client mode and buffer mode to be more
compact and remove some clutter.
* Add a key (e) in buffer mode to open the buffer in an editor. The buffer
contents is updated when the editor exits.
* Add -e flag for new-session to set environment variables, like the same flag
for new-window.
* Improve search match marking in copy mode. Two new options
copy-mode-match-style and copy-mode-current-match-style to set the style for
matches and for the current match respectively. Also a change so that if a
copy key is pressed with no selection, the current match (if any) is copied.
* Sanitize session names like window names instead of forbidding invalid ones.
* Check if the clear terminfo(5) capability starts with CSI and if so then
assume the terminal is VT100-like, rather than relying on the XT capability.
* Improve command prompt tab completion and add menus both for strings and -t
and -s (when used without a trailing space). command-prompt has additional
flags for only completing a window (-W) and a target (-T), allowing C-b ' to
only show windows and C-b . only targets.
* Change all the style options to string options so they can support formats.
Change pane-border-active-style to use this to change the border colour when
in a mode or with synchronize-panes on. This also implies a few minor changes
to existing behaviour:
- set-option -a with a style option automatically inserts a comma between the
old value and appended text.
- OSC 10 and 11 no longer set the window-style option, instead they store the
colour internally in the pane data and it is used as the default when the
option is evaluated.
- status-fg and -bg now override status-style instead of the option values
being changed.
* Add extension terminfo(5) capabilities for margins and focus reporting.
* Try $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/tmux/tmux.conf as well as ~/.config/tmux/tmux.conf for
configuration file (the search paths are in TMUX_CONF in Makefile.am).
* Remove the DSR 1337 iTerm2 extension and replace by the extended device
attributes sequence (CSI > q) supported by more terminals.
* Add a -s flag to copy-mode to specify a different pane for the source
content. This means it is possible to view two places in a pane's history at
the same time in different panes, or view the history while still using the
pane. Pressing r refreshes the content from the source pane.
* Add an argument to list-commands to show only a single command.
* Change copy mode to make copy of the pane history so it does not need to
freeze the pane.
* Restore pane_current_path format from portable tmux on OpenBSD.
* Wait until the initial command sequence is done before sending a device
attributes request and other bits that prompt a reply from the terminal. This
means that stray relies are not left on the terminal if the command has
attached and then immediately detached and tmux will not be around to receive
them.
* Add a -f filter argument to the list commands like choose-tree.
* Move specific hooks for panes to pane options and windows for window options
rather than all hooks being session options. These hooks are now window
options:
window-layout-changed
window-linked
window-pane-changed
window-renamed
window-unlinked
And these now pane options:
pane-died
pane-exited
pane-focus-in
pane-focus-out
pane-mode-changed
pane-set-clipboard
Any existing configurations using these hooks on a session rather than
globally (that is, set-hook or set-option without -g) may need to be changed.
* Show signal names when a process exits with remain-on-exit on platforms which
have a way to get them.
* Start menu with top item selected if no mouse and use mode-style for the
selected item.
* Add a copy-command option and change copy-pipe and friends to pipe to it if
used without arguments, allows all the default copy key bindings to be
changed to pipe with one option rather than needing to change each key
binding individually.
* Tidy up the terminal detection and feature code and add named sets of
terminal features, each of which are defined in one place and map to a
builtin set of terminfo(5) capabilities. Features can be specified based on
TERM with a new terminal-features option or with the -T flag when running
tmux. tmux will also detect a few common terminals from the DA and DSR
responses.
This is intended to make it easier to configure tmux's use of terminfo(5)
even in the presence of outdated ncurses(3) or terminfo(5) databases or for
features which do not yet have a terminfo(5) entry. Instead of having to grok
terminfo(5) capability names and what they should be set to in the
terminal-overrides option, the user can hopefully just give tmux a feature
name and let it do the right thing.
The terminal-overrides option remains both for backwards compatibility and to
allow tweaks of individual capabilities.
* Support mintty's application escape sequence (means tmux doesn't have to
delay to wait for Escape, so no need to reduce escape-time when using
mintty).
* Change so main-pane-width and height can be given as a percentage.
* Support for the iTerm2 synchronized updates feature (allows the terminal to
avoid unnecessary drawing while output is still in progress).
* Make the mouse_word and mouse_line formats work in copy mode and enable the
default pane menu in copy mode.
* Add a -T flag to resize-pane to trim lines below the cursor, moving lines out
of the history.
* Add a way to mark environment variables as "hidden" so they can be used by
tmux (for example in formats) but are not set in the environment for new
panes. set-environment and show-environment have a new -h flag and there is a
new %hidden statement for the configuration file.
* Change default position for display-menu -x and -y to centre rather than top
left.
* Add support for per-client transient popups, similar to menus but which are
connected to an external command (like a pane). These are created with new
command display-popup.
* Change double and triple click bindings so that only one is fired (previously
double click was fired on the way to triple click). Also add default double
and triple click bindings to copy the word or line under the cursor and
change the existing bindings in copy mode to do the same.
* Add a default binding for button 2 to paste.
* Add -d flag to run-shell to delay before running the command and allow it to
run without a command so it just delays.
* Add C-g to cancel command prompt with vi keys as well as emacs, and q in
command mode.
* When the server socket is given with -S, create it with umask 177 instead of
117 (because it may not be in a safe directory like the default directory in
/tmp).
* Add a copy-mode -H flag to hide the position marker in the top right.
* Add number operators for formats (+, -, *, / and m),
2021-04-17 22:42:01 +03:00
|
|
|
# pkg.m4 - Macros to locate and utilise pkg-config. -*- Autoconf -*-
|
|
|
|
# serial 12 (pkg-config-0.29.2)
|
|
|
|
|
CHANGES FROM 2.9 to 2.9a
* Fix bugs in select-pane and the main-horizontal and main-vertical layouts.
CHANGES FROM 2.8 to 2.9
* Attempt to preserve horizontal cursor position as well as vertical with
reflow.
* Rewrite main-vertical and horizontal and change layouts to better handle the
case where all panes won't fit into the window size, reduce problems with
pane border status lines and fix other bugs mostly found by Thomas Sattler.
* Add format variables for the default formats in the various modes
(tree_mode_format and so on) and add a -a flag to display-message to list
variables with values.
* Add a -v flag to display-message to show verbose messages as the format is
parsed, this allows formats to be debugged
* Add support for HPA (\033[`).
* Add support for origin mode (\033[?6h).
* No longer clear history on RIS.
* Extend the #[] style syntax and use that together with previous format
changes to allow the status line to be entirely configured with a single
option.
Now that it is possible to configure their content, enable the existing code
that lets the status line be multiple lines in height. The status option can
now take a value of 2, 3, 4 or 5 (as well as the previous on or off) to
configure more than one line. The new status-format array option configures
the format of each line, the default just references the existing status-*
options, although some of the more obscure status options may be eliminated
in time.
Additions to the #[] syntax are: "align" to specify alignment (left, centre,
right), "list" for the window list and "range" to configure ranges of text
for the mouse bindings.
The "align" keyword can also be used to specify alignment of entries in tree
mode and the pane status lines.
* Add E: and T: format modifiers to expand a format twice (useful to expand the
value of an option).
* The individual -fg, -bg and -attr options have been removed; they
were superseded by -style options in tmux 1.9.
* Allow more than one mode to be opened in a pane. Modes are kept on a stack
and retrieved if the same mode is entered again. Exiting the active mode goes
back to the previous one.
* When showing command output in copy mode, call it view mode instead (affects
pane_mode format).
* Add -b to display-panes like run-shell.
* Handle UTF-8 in word-separators option.
* New "terminal" colour allowing options to use the terminal default colour
rather than inheriting the default from a parent option.
* Do not move the cursor in copy mode when the mouse wheel is used.
* Use the same working directory rules for jobs as new windows rather than
always starting in the user's home.
* Allow panes to be one line or column in size.
* Go to last line when goto-line number is out of range in copy mode.
* Yank previously cut text if any with C-y in the command prompt, only use the
buffer if no text has been cut.
* Add q: format modifier to quote shell special characters.
* Add StatusLeft and StatusRight mouse locations (keys such as
MouseDown1StatusLeft) for the status-left and status-right areas of the
status line.
* Add -Z to find-window.
* Support for windows larger than the client. This adds two new options,
window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The
force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height
formats have been removed.
The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows:
largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest
session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not
automatically resize windows. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of
session for largest and smallest as it did before.
If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part
of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part
of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay,
to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or
similar that are not currently visible).
Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those
which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid
using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or
manual).
The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is
used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window
(undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way
to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a
sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if
window-size was smallest) and -A the largest.
For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x
or -y.
If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is
used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the
default-size option for the new session.
The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to
complain and higher memory use if making a window that big. The minimum size
is the size required for the current layout including borders.
The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R
moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor
tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2019-11-12 22:18:21 +03:00
|
|
|
dnl Copyright © 2004 Scott James Remnant <scott@netsplit.com>.
|
|
|
|
dnl Copyright © 2012-2015 Dan Nicholson <dbn.lists@gmail.com>
|
|
|
|
dnl
|
|
|
|
dnl This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
|
|
|
dnl it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
|
|
|
dnl the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
|
|
|
dnl (at your option) any later version.
|
|
|
|
dnl
|
|
|
|
dnl This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
|
|
|
|
dnl WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
|
|
|
dnl MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
|
|
|
dnl General Public License for more details.
|
|
|
|
dnl
|
|
|
|
dnl You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
|
|
|
dnl along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
|
|
|
dnl Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
|
|
|
|
dnl 02111-1307, USA.
|
|
|
|
dnl
|
|
|
|
dnl As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
|
|
|
|
dnl distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
|
|
|
|
dnl configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
|
|
|
|
dnl the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that
|
|
|
|
dnl program.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dnl PKG_PREREQ(MIN-VERSION)
|
|
|
|
dnl -----------------------
|
|
|
|
dnl Since: 0.29
|
|
|
|
dnl
|
|
|
|
dnl Verify that the version of the pkg-config macros are at least
|
|
|
|
dnl MIN-VERSION. Unlike PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG, which checks the user's
|
|
|
|
dnl installed version of pkg-config, this checks the developer's version
|
|
|
|
dnl of pkg.m4 when generating configure.
|
|
|
|
dnl
|
|
|
|
dnl To ensure that this macro is defined, also add:
|
|
|
|
dnl m4_ifndef([PKG_PREREQ],
|
|
|
|
dnl [m4_fatal([must install pkg-config 0.29 or later before running autoconf/autogen])])
|
|
|
|
dnl
|
|
|
|
dnl See the "Since" comment for each macro you use to see what version
|
|
|
|
dnl of the macros you require.
|
|
|
|
m4_defun([PKG_PREREQ],
|
CHANGES FROM 3.1c TO 3.2
* Add a flag to disable keys to close a message.
* Permit shortcut keys in buffer, client, tree modes to be configured with a
format (-K flag to choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree).
* Add a current_file format for the config file being parsed.
* When display-message used in config file, show the message after the config
file finishes.
* Add client-detached notification in control mode.
* Improve performance of format evaluation.
* Make jump command support UTF-8 in copy mode.
* Support X11 colour names and other colour formats for OSC 10 and 11.
* Add "pipe" variants of "copy-pipe" commands which do not copy.
* Include "focused" in client flags.
* Send Unicode directional isolate characters around horizontal pane borders if
the terminal supports UTF-8 and an extension terminfo(5) capability "Bidi" is
present.
* Add a -S flag to new-window to make it select the existing window if one
with the given name already exists rather than failing with an error.
* Addd a format modifier to check if a window or session name exists (N/w or
N/s).
* Add compat clock_gettime for older macOS.
* Add a no-detached choice to detach-on-destroy which detaches only if there
are no other detached sessions to switch to.
* Add rectangle-on and rectangle-off copy mode commands.
* Change so that window_flags escapes # automatically. A new format
window_raw_flags contains the old unescaped version.
* Add -N flag to never start server even if command would normally do so.
* With incremental search, start empty and only repeat the previous search if
the user tries to search again with an empty prompt.
* Add a value for remain-on-exit that only keeps the pane if the program
failed.
* Add a -C flag to run-shell to use a tmux command rather than a shell command.
* Do not list user options with show-hooks.
* Remove current match indicator in copy mode which can't work anymore since we
only search the visible region.
* Make synchronize-panes a pane option and add -U flag to set-option to unset
an option on all panes.
* Make replacement of ##s consistent when drawing formats, whether followed by
[ or not. Add a flag (e) to the q: format modifier to double up #s
* Add -N flag to display-panes to ignore keys.
* Change how escaping is processed for formats so that ## and # can be used in
styles.
* Add a 'w' format modifier for string width.
* Add support for Haiku.
* Expand menu and popup -x and -y as formats.
* Add numeric comparisons for formats.
* Fire focus events even when the pane is in a mode.
* Add -O flag to display-menu to not automatically close when all mouse buttons
are released.
* Allow fnmatch(3) wildcards in update-environment.
* Disable nested job expansion so that the result of #() is not expanded again.
* Use the setal capability as well as (tmux's) Setulc.
* Add -q flag to unbind-key to hide errors.
* Allow -N without a command to change or add a note to an existing key.
* Add a -w flag to set- and load-buffer to send to clipboard using OSC 52.
* Add -F to set-environment and source-file.
* Allow colour to be spelt as color in various places.
* Add n: modifier to get length of a format.
* Respond to OSC colour requests if a colour is available.
* Add a -d option to display-message to set delay.
* Add a way for control mode clients to subscribe to a format and be notified
of changes rather than having to poll.
* Add some formats for search in copy mode (search_present, search_match).
* Do not wait on shutdown for commands started with run -b.
* Add -b flags to insert a window before (like the existing -a for after) to
break-pane, move-window, new-window.
* Make paste -p the default for ].
* Add support for pausing a pane when the output buffered for a control mode
client gets too far behind. The pause-after flag with a time is set on the
pane with refresh-client -f and a paused pane may be resumed with
refresh-client -A.
* Allow strings in configuration files to span multiple lines - newlines and
any leading whitespace are removed, as well as any following comments that
couldn't be part of a format. This allows long formats or other strings to be
annotated and indented.
* Instead of using a custom parse function to process {} in configuration
files, treat as a set of statements the same as outside {} and convert back
to a string as the last step. This means the rules are consistent inside and
outside {}, %if and friends work at the right time, and the final result
isn't littered with unnecessary newlines.
* Add support for extended keys - both xterm(1)'s CSI 27 ~ sequence and the
libtickit CSI u sequence are accepted; only the latter is output. tmux will
only attempt to use these if the extended-keys option is on and it can detect
that the terminal outside supports them (or is told it does with the
"extkeys" terminal feature).
* Add an option to set the pane border lines style from a choice of single
lines (ACS or UTF-8), double or heavy (UTF-8), simple (plain ASCII) or number
(the pane numbers). Lines that won't work on a non-UTF-8 terminal are
translated back into ACS when they are output.
* Make focus events update the latest client (like a key press).
* Store UTF-8 characters differently to reduce memory use.
* Fix break-pane -n when only one pane in the window.
* Instead of sending all data to control mode clients as fast as possible, add
a limit of how much data will be sent to the client and try to use it for
panes with some degree of fairness.
* Add an active-pane client flag (set with attach-session -f, new-session -f
or refresh-client -f). This allows a client to have an independent active
pane for interactive use (the window client pane is still used for many
things however).
* Add a mark to copy mode, this is set with the set-mark command (bound to X)
and appears with the entire line shown using copy-mode-mark-style and the
marked character in reverse. The jump-to-mark command (bound to M-x) swaps
the mark and the cursor positions.
* Add a -D flag to make the tmux server run in the foreground and not as a
daemon.
* Do not loop forever in copy mode when search finds an empty match.
* Fix the next-matching-bracket logic when using vi(1) keys.
* Add a customize mode where options may be browsed and changed, includes
adding a brief description of each option. Bound to C-b C by default.
* Change message log (C-b ~) so there is one for the server rather than one per
client and it remains after detach, and make it useful by logging every
command.
* Add M-+ and M-- to tree mode to expand and collapse all.
* Change the existing client flags for control mode to apply for any client,
use the same mechanism for the read-only flag and add an ignore-size flag.
refresh-client -F has become -f (-F stays for backwards compatibility) and
attach-session and switch-client now have -f flags also. A new format
client_flags lists the flags and is shown by list-clients by default.
This separates the read-only flag from "ignore size" behaviour (new
ignore-size) flag - both behaviours are useful in different circumstances.
attach -r and switchc -r remain and set or toggle both flags together.
* Store and restore cursor position when copy mode is resized.
* Export TERM_PROGRAM and TERM_PROGRAM_VERSION like various other terminals.
* Add formats for after hook command arguments: hook_arguments with all the
arguments together; hook_argument_0, hook_argument_1 and so on with
individual arguments; hook_flag_X if flag -X is present; hook_flag_X_0,
hook_flag_X_1 and so on if -X appears multiple times.
* Try to search the entire history first for up to 200 ms so a search count can
be shown. If it takes too long, search the visible text only.
* Use VIS_CSTYLE for paste buffers also (show \012 as \n).
* Change default formats for tree mode, client mode and buffer mode to be more
compact and remove some clutter.
* Add a key (e) in buffer mode to open the buffer in an editor. The buffer
contents is updated when the editor exits.
* Add -e flag for new-session to set environment variables, like the same flag
for new-window.
* Improve search match marking in copy mode. Two new options
copy-mode-match-style and copy-mode-current-match-style to set the style for
matches and for the current match respectively. Also a change so that if a
copy key is pressed with no selection, the current match (if any) is copied.
* Sanitize session names like window names instead of forbidding invalid ones.
* Check if the clear terminfo(5) capability starts with CSI and if so then
assume the terminal is VT100-like, rather than relying on the XT capability.
* Improve command prompt tab completion and add menus both for strings and -t
and -s (when used without a trailing space). command-prompt has additional
flags for only completing a window (-W) and a target (-T), allowing C-b ' to
only show windows and C-b . only targets.
* Change all the style options to string options so they can support formats.
Change pane-border-active-style to use this to change the border colour when
in a mode or with synchronize-panes on. This also implies a few minor changes
to existing behaviour:
- set-option -a with a style option automatically inserts a comma between the
old value and appended text.
- OSC 10 and 11 no longer set the window-style option, instead they store the
colour internally in the pane data and it is used as the default when the
option is evaluated.
- status-fg and -bg now override status-style instead of the option values
being changed.
* Add extension terminfo(5) capabilities for margins and focus reporting.
* Try $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/tmux/tmux.conf as well as ~/.config/tmux/tmux.conf for
configuration file (the search paths are in TMUX_CONF in Makefile.am).
* Remove the DSR 1337 iTerm2 extension and replace by the extended device
attributes sequence (CSI > q) supported by more terminals.
* Add a -s flag to copy-mode to specify a different pane for the source
content. This means it is possible to view two places in a pane's history at
the same time in different panes, or view the history while still using the
pane. Pressing r refreshes the content from the source pane.
* Add an argument to list-commands to show only a single command.
* Change copy mode to make copy of the pane history so it does not need to
freeze the pane.
* Restore pane_current_path format from portable tmux on OpenBSD.
* Wait until the initial command sequence is done before sending a device
attributes request and other bits that prompt a reply from the terminal. This
means that stray relies are not left on the terminal if the command has
attached and then immediately detached and tmux will not be around to receive
them.
* Add a -f filter argument to the list commands like choose-tree.
* Move specific hooks for panes to pane options and windows for window options
rather than all hooks being session options. These hooks are now window
options:
window-layout-changed
window-linked
window-pane-changed
window-renamed
window-unlinked
And these now pane options:
pane-died
pane-exited
pane-focus-in
pane-focus-out
pane-mode-changed
pane-set-clipboard
Any existing configurations using these hooks on a session rather than
globally (that is, set-hook or set-option without -g) may need to be changed.
* Show signal names when a process exits with remain-on-exit on platforms which
have a way to get them.
* Start menu with top item selected if no mouse and use mode-style for the
selected item.
* Add a copy-command option and change copy-pipe and friends to pipe to it if
used without arguments, allows all the default copy key bindings to be
changed to pipe with one option rather than needing to change each key
binding individually.
* Tidy up the terminal detection and feature code and add named sets of
terminal features, each of which are defined in one place and map to a
builtin set of terminfo(5) capabilities. Features can be specified based on
TERM with a new terminal-features option or with the -T flag when running
tmux. tmux will also detect a few common terminals from the DA and DSR
responses.
This is intended to make it easier to configure tmux's use of terminfo(5)
even in the presence of outdated ncurses(3) or terminfo(5) databases or for
features which do not yet have a terminfo(5) entry. Instead of having to grok
terminfo(5) capability names and what they should be set to in the
terminal-overrides option, the user can hopefully just give tmux a feature
name and let it do the right thing.
The terminal-overrides option remains both for backwards compatibility and to
allow tweaks of individual capabilities.
* Support mintty's application escape sequence (means tmux doesn't have to
delay to wait for Escape, so no need to reduce escape-time when using
mintty).
* Change so main-pane-width and height can be given as a percentage.
* Support for the iTerm2 synchronized updates feature (allows the terminal to
avoid unnecessary drawing while output is still in progress).
* Make the mouse_word and mouse_line formats work in copy mode and enable the
default pane menu in copy mode.
* Add a -T flag to resize-pane to trim lines below the cursor, moving lines out
of the history.
* Add a way to mark environment variables as "hidden" so they can be used by
tmux (for example in formats) but are not set in the environment for new
panes. set-environment and show-environment have a new -h flag and there is a
new %hidden statement for the configuration file.
* Change default position for display-menu -x and -y to centre rather than top
left.
* Add support for per-client transient popups, similar to menus but which are
connected to an external command (like a pane). These are created with new
command display-popup.
* Change double and triple click bindings so that only one is fired (previously
double click was fired on the way to triple click). Also add default double
and triple click bindings to copy the word or line under the cursor and
change the existing bindings in copy mode to do the same.
* Add a default binding for button 2 to paste.
* Add -d flag to run-shell to delay before running the command and allow it to
run without a command so it just delays.
* Add C-g to cancel command prompt with vi keys as well as emacs, and q in
command mode.
* When the server socket is given with -S, create it with umask 177 instead of
117 (because it may not be in a safe directory like the default directory in
/tmp).
* Add a copy-mode -H flag to hide the position marker in the top right.
* Add number operators for formats (+, -, *, / and m),
2021-04-17 22:42:01 +03:00
|
|
|
[m4_define([PKG_MACROS_VERSION], [0.29.2])
|
CHANGES FROM 2.9 to 2.9a
* Fix bugs in select-pane and the main-horizontal and main-vertical layouts.
CHANGES FROM 2.8 to 2.9
* Attempt to preserve horizontal cursor position as well as vertical with
reflow.
* Rewrite main-vertical and horizontal and change layouts to better handle the
case where all panes won't fit into the window size, reduce problems with
pane border status lines and fix other bugs mostly found by Thomas Sattler.
* Add format variables for the default formats in the various modes
(tree_mode_format and so on) and add a -a flag to display-message to list
variables with values.
* Add a -v flag to display-message to show verbose messages as the format is
parsed, this allows formats to be debugged
* Add support for HPA (\033[`).
* Add support for origin mode (\033[?6h).
* No longer clear history on RIS.
* Extend the #[] style syntax and use that together with previous format
changes to allow the status line to be entirely configured with a single
option.
Now that it is possible to configure their content, enable the existing code
that lets the status line be multiple lines in height. The status option can
now take a value of 2, 3, 4 or 5 (as well as the previous on or off) to
configure more than one line. The new status-format array option configures
the format of each line, the default just references the existing status-*
options, although some of the more obscure status options may be eliminated
in time.
Additions to the #[] syntax are: "align" to specify alignment (left, centre,
right), "list" for the window list and "range" to configure ranges of text
for the mouse bindings.
The "align" keyword can also be used to specify alignment of entries in tree
mode and the pane status lines.
* Add E: and T: format modifiers to expand a format twice (useful to expand the
value of an option).
* The individual -fg, -bg and -attr options have been removed; they
were superseded by -style options in tmux 1.9.
* Allow more than one mode to be opened in a pane. Modes are kept on a stack
and retrieved if the same mode is entered again. Exiting the active mode goes
back to the previous one.
* When showing command output in copy mode, call it view mode instead (affects
pane_mode format).
* Add -b to display-panes like run-shell.
* Handle UTF-8 in word-separators option.
* New "terminal" colour allowing options to use the terminal default colour
rather than inheriting the default from a parent option.
* Do not move the cursor in copy mode when the mouse wheel is used.
* Use the same working directory rules for jobs as new windows rather than
always starting in the user's home.
* Allow panes to be one line or column in size.
* Go to last line when goto-line number is out of range in copy mode.
* Yank previously cut text if any with C-y in the command prompt, only use the
buffer if no text has been cut.
* Add q: format modifier to quote shell special characters.
* Add StatusLeft and StatusRight mouse locations (keys such as
MouseDown1StatusLeft) for the status-left and status-right areas of the
status line.
* Add -Z to find-window.
* Support for windows larger than the client. This adds two new options,
window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The
force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height
formats have been removed.
The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows:
largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest
session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not
automatically resize windows. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of
session for largest and smallest as it did before.
If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part
of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part
of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay,
to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or
similar that are not currently visible).
Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those
which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid
using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or
manual).
The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is
used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window
(undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way
to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a
sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if
window-size was smallest) and -A the largest.
For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x
or -y.
If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is
used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the
default-size option for the new session.
The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to
complain and higher memory use if making a window that big. The minimum size
is the size required for the current layout including borders.
The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R
moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor
tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2019-11-12 22:18:21 +03:00
|
|
|
m4_if(m4_version_compare(PKG_MACROS_VERSION, [$1]), -1,
|
|
|
|
[m4_fatal([pkg.m4 version $1 or higher is required but ]PKG_MACROS_VERSION[ found])])
|
|
|
|
])dnl PKG_PREREQ
|
2019-01-06 00:32:48 +03:00
|
|
|
|
CHANGES FROM 2.9 to 2.9a
* Fix bugs in select-pane and the main-horizontal and main-vertical layouts.
CHANGES FROM 2.8 to 2.9
* Attempt to preserve horizontal cursor position as well as vertical with
reflow.
* Rewrite main-vertical and horizontal and change layouts to better handle the
case where all panes won't fit into the window size, reduce problems with
pane border status lines and fix other bugs mostly found by Thomas Sattler.
* Add format variables for the default formats in the various modes
(tree_mode_format and so on) and add a -a flag to display-message to list
variables with values.
* Add a -v flag to display-message to show verbose messages as the format is
parsed, this allows formats to be debugged
* Add support for HPA (\033[`).
* Add support for origin mode (\033[?6h).
* No longer clear history on RIS.
* Extend the #[] style syntax and use that together with previous format
changes to allow the status line to be entirely configured with a single
option.
Now that it is possible to configure their content, enable the existing code
that lets the status line be multiple lines in height. The status option can
now take a value of 2, 3, 4 or 5 (as well as the previous on or off) to
configure more than one line. The new status-format array option configures
the format of each line, the default just references the existing status-*
options, although some of the more obscure status options may be eliminated
in time.
Additions to the #[] syntax are: "align" to specify alignment (left, centre,
right), "list" for the window list and "range" to configure ranges of text
for the mouse bindings.
The "align" keyword can also be used to specify alignment of entries in tree
mode and the pane status lines.
* Add E: and T: format modifiers to expand a format twice (useful to expand the
value of an option).
* The individual -fg, -bg and -attr options have been removed; they
were superseded by -style options in tmux 1.9.
* Allow more than one mode to be opened in a pane. Modes are kept on a stack
and retrieved if the same mode is entered again. Exiting the active mode goes
back to the previous one.
* When showing command output in copy mode, call it view mode instead (affects
pane_mode format).
* Add -b to display-panes like run-shell.
* Handle UTF-8 in word-separators option.
* New "terminal" colour allowing options to use the terminal default colour
rather than inheriting the default from a parent option.
* Do not move the cursor in copy mode when the mouse wheel is used.
* Use the same working directory rules for jobs as new windows rather than
always starting in the user's home.
* Allow panes to be one line or column in size.
* Go to last line when goto-line number is out of range in copy mode.
* Yank previously cut text if any with C-y in the command prompt, only use the
buffer if no text has been cut.
* Add q: format modifier to quote shell special characters.
* Add StatusLeft and StatusRight mouse locations (keys such as
MouseDown1StatusLeft) for the status-left and status-right areas of the
status line.
* Add -Z to find-window.
* Support for windows larger than the client. This adds two new options,
window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The
force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height
formats have been removed.
The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows:
largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest
session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not
automatically resize windows. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of
session for largest and smallest as it did before.
If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part
of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part
of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay,
to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or
similar that are not currently visible).
Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those
which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid
using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or
manual).
The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is
used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window
(undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way
to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a
sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if
window-size was smallest) and -A the largest.
For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x
or -y.
If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is
used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the
default-size option for the new session.
The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to
complain and higher memory use if making a window that big. The minimum size
is the size required for the current layout including borders.
The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R
moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor
tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2019-11-12 22:18:21 +03:00
|
|
|
dnl PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG([MIN-VERSION])
|
|
|
|
dnl ----------------------------------
|
|
|
|
dnl Since: 0.16
|
|
|
|
dnl
|
|
|
|
dnl Search for the pkg-config tool and set the PKG_CONFIG variable to
|
|
|
|
dnl first found in the path. Checks that the version of pkg-config found
|
|
|
|
dnl is at least MIN-VERSION. If MIN-VERSION is not specified, 0.9.0 is
|
|
|
|
dnl used since that's the first version where most current features of
|
|
|
|
dnl pkg-config existed.
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
AC_DEFUN([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG],
|
|
|
|
[m4_pattern_forbid([^_?PKG_[A-Z_]+$])
|
|
|
|
m4_pattern_allow([^PKG_CONFIG(_(PATH|LIBDIR|SYSROOT_DIR|ALLOW_SYSTEM_(CFLAGS|LIBS)))?$])
|
|
|
|
m4_pattern_allow([^PKG_CONFIG_(DISABLE_UNINSTALLED|TOP_BUILD_DIR|DEBUG_SPEW)$])
|
|
|
|
AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG], [path to pkg-config utility])
|
|
|
|
AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [directories to add to pkg-config's search path])
|
|
|
|
AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR], [path overriding pkg-config's built-in search path])
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if test "x$ac_cv_env_PKG_CONFIG_set" != "xset"; then
|
|
|
|
AC_PATH_TOOL([PKG_CONFIG], [pkg-config])
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then
|
|
|
|
_pkg_min_version=m4_default([$1], [0.9.0])
|
|
|
|
AC_MSG_CHECKING([pkg-config is at least version $_pkg_min_version])
|
|
|
|
if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version $_pkg_min_version; then
|
|
|
|
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
|
|
|
|
PKG_CONFIG=""
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
fi[]dnl
|
CHANGES FROM 2.9 to 2.9a
* Fix bugs in select-pane and the main-horizontal and main-vertical layouts.
CHANGES FROM 2.8 to 2.9
* Attempt to preserve horizontal cursor position as well as vertical with
reflow.
* Rewrite main-vertical and horizontal and change layouts to better handle the
case where all panes won't fit into the window size, reduce problems with
pane border status lines and fix other bugs mostly found by Thomas Sattler.
* Add format variables for the default formats in the various modes
(tree_mode_format and so on) and add a -a flag to display-message to list
variables with values.
* Add a -v flag to display-message to show verbose messages as the format is
parsed, this allows formats to be debugged
* Add support for HPA (\033[`).
* Add support for origin mode (\033[?6h).
* No longer clear history on RIS.
* Extend the #[] style syntax and use that together with previous format
changes to allow the status line to be entirely configured with a single
option.
Now that it is possible to configure their content, enable the existing code
that lets the status line be multiple lines in height. The status option can
now take a value of 2, 3, 4 or 5 (as well as the previous on or off) to
configure more than one line. The new status-format array option configures
the format of each line, the default just references the existing status-*
options, although some of the more obscure status options may be eliminated
in time.
Additions to the #[] syntax are: "align" to specify alignment (left, centre,
right), "list" for the window list and "range" to configure ranges of text
for the mouse bindings.
The "align" keyword can also be used to specify alignment of entries in tree
mode and the pane status lines.
* Add E: and T: format modifiers to expand a format twice (useful to expand the
value of an option).
* The individual -fg, -bg and -attr options have been removed; they
were superseded by -style options in tmux 1.9.
* Allow more than one mode to be opened in a pane. Modes are kept on a stack
and retrieved if the same mode is entered again. Exiting the active mode goes
back to the previous one.
* When showing command output in copy mode, call it view mode instead (affects
pane_mode format).
* Add -b to display-panes like run-shell.
* Handle UTF-8 in word-separators option.
* New "terminal" colour allowing options to use the terminal default colour
rather than inheriting the default from a parent option.
* Do not move the cursor in copy mode when the mouse wheel is used.
* Use the same working directory rules for jobs as new windows rather than
always starting in the user's home.
* Allow panes to be one line or column in size.
* Go to last line when goto-line number is out of range in copy mode.
* Yank previously cut text if any with C-y in the command prompt, only use the
buffer if no text has been cut.
* Add q: format modifier to quote shell special characters.
* Add StatusLeft and StatusRight mouse locations (keys such as
MouseDown1StatusLeft) for the status-left and status-right areas of the
status line.
* Add -Z to find-window.
* Support for windows larger than the client. This adds two new options,
window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The
force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height
formats have been removed.
The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows:
largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest
session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not
automatically resize windows. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of
session for largest and smallest as it did before.
If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part
of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part
of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay,
to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or
similar that are not currently visible).
Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those
which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid
using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or
manual).
The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is
used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window
(undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way
to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a
sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if
window-size was smallest) and -A the largest.
For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x
or -y.
If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is
used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the
default-size option for the new session.
The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to
complain and higher memory use if making a window that big. The minimum size
is the size required for the current layout including borders.
The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R
moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor
tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2019-11-12 22:18:21 +03:00
|
|
|
])dnl PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
|
CHANGES FROM 2.9 to 2.9a
* Fix bugs in select-pane and the main-horizontal and main-vertical layouts.
CHANGES FROM 2.8 to 2.9
* Attempt to preserve horizontal cursor position as well as vertical with
reflow.
* Rewrite main-vertical and horizontal and change layouts to better handle the
case where all panes won't fit into the window size, reduce problems with
pane border status lines and fix other bugs mostly found by Thomas Sattler.
* Add format variables for the default formats in the various modes
(tree_mode_format and so on) and add a -a flag to display-message to list
variables with values.
* Add a -v flag to display-message to show verbose messages as the format is
parsed, this allows formats to be debugged
* Add support for HPA (\033[`).
* Add support for origin mode (\033[?6h).
* No longer clear history on RIS.
* Extend the #[] style syntax and use that together with previous format
changes to allow the status line to be entirely configured with a single
option.
Now that it is possible to configure their content, enable the existing code
that lets the status line be multiple lines in height. The status option can
now take a value of 2, 3, 4 or 5 (as well as the previous on or off) to
configure more than one line. The new status-format array option configures
the format of each line, the default just references the existing status-*
options, although some of the more obscure status options may be eliminated
in time.
Additions to the #[] syntax are: "align" to specify alignment (left, centre,
right), "list" for the window list and "range" to configure ranges of text
for the mouse bindings.
The "align" keyword can also be used to specify alignment of entries in tree
mode and the pane status lines.
* Add E: and T: format modifiers to expand a format twice (useful to expand the
value of an option).
* The individual -fg, -bg and -attr options have been removed; they
were superseded by -style options in tmux 1.9.
* Allow more than one mode to be opened in a pane. Modes are kept on a stack
and retrieved if the same mode is entered again. Exiting the active mode goes
back to the previous one.
* When showing command output in copy mode, call it view mode instead (affects
pane_mode format).
* Add -b to display-panes like run-shell.
* Handle UTF-8 in word-separators option.
* New "terminal" colour allowing options to use the terminal default colour
rather than inheriting the default from a parent option.
* Do not move the cursor in copy mode when the mouse wheel is used.
* Use the same working directory rules for jobs as new windows rather than
always starting in the user's home.
* Allow panes to be one line or column in size.
* Go to last line when goto-line number is out of range in copy mode.
* Yank previously cut text if any with C-y in the command prompt, only use the
buffer if no text has been cut.
* Add q: format modifier to quote shell special characters.
* Add StatusLeft and StatusRight mouse locations (keys such as
MouseDown1StatusLeft) for the status-left and status-right areas of the
status line.
* Add -Z to find-window.
* Support for windows larger than the client. This adds two new options,
window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The
force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height
formats have been removed.
The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows:
largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest
session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not
automatically resize windows. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of
session for largest and smallest as it did before.
If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part
of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part
of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay,
to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or
similar that are not currently visible).
Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those
which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid
using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or
manual).
The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is
used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window
(undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way
to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a
sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if
window-size was smallest) and -A the largest.
For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x
or -y.
If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is
used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the
default-size option for the new session.
The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to
complain and higher memory use if making a window that big. The minimum size
is the size required for the current layout including borders.
The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R
moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor
tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2019-11-12 22:18:21 +03:00
|
|
|
dnl PKG_CHECK_EXISTS(MODULES, [ACTION-IF-FOUND], [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND])
|
|
|
|
dnl -------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
dnl Since: 0.18
|
|
|
|
dnl
|
|
|
|
dnl Check to see whether a particular set of modules exists. Similar to
|
|
|
|
dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES(), but does not set variables or print errors.
|
|
|
|
dnl
|
|
|
|
dnl Please remember that m4 expands AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])
|
|
|
|
dnl only at the first occurence in configure.ac, so if the first place
|
|
|
|
dnl it's called might be skipped (such as if it is within an "if", you
|
|
|
|
dnl have to call PKG_CHECK_EXISTS manually
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_EXISTS],
|
|
|
|
[AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl
|
|
|
|
if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG" && \
|
|
|
|
AC_RUN_LOG([$PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors "$1"]); then
|
|
|
|
m4_default([$2], [:])
|
|
|
|
m4_ifvaln([$3], [else
|
|
|
|
$3])dnl
|
|
|
|
fi])
|
|
|
|
|
CHANGES FROM 2.9 to 2.9a
* Fix bugs in select-pane and the main-horizontal and main-vertical layouts.
CHANGES FROM 2.8 to 2.9
* Attempt to preserve horizontal cursor position as well as vertical with
reflow.
* Rewrite main-vertical and horizontal and change layouts to better handle the
case where all panes won't fit into the window size, reduce problems with
pane border status lines and fix other bugs mostly found by Thomas Sattler.
* Add format variables for the default formats in the various modes
(tree_mode_format and so on) and add a -a flag to display-message to list
variables with values.
* Add a -v flag to display-message to show verbose messages as the format is
parsed, this allows formats to be debugged
* Add support for HPA (\033[`).
* Add support for origin mode (\033[?6h).
* No longer clear history on RIS.
* Extend the #[] style syntax and use that together with previous format
changes to allow the status line to be entirely configured with a single
option.
Now that it is possible to configure their content, enable the existing code
that lets the status line be multiple lines in height. The status option can
now take a value of 2, 3, 4 or 5 (as well as the previous on or off) to
configure more than one line. The new status-format array option configures
the format of each line, the default just references the existing status-*
options, although some of the more obscure status options may be eliminated
in time.
Additions to the #[] syntax are: "align" to specify alignment (left, centre,
right), "list" for the window list and "range" to configure ranges of text
for the mouse bindings.
The "align" keyword can also be used to specify alignment of entries in tree
mode and the pane status lines.
* Add E: and T: format modifiers to expand a format twice (useful to expand the
value of an option).
* The individual -fg, -bg and -attr options have been removed; they
were superseded by -style options in tmux 1.9.
* Allow more than one mode to be opened in a pane. Modes are kept on a stack
and retrieved if the same mode is entered again. Exiting the active mode goes
back to the previous one.
* When showing command output in copy mode, call it view mode instead (affects
pane_mode format).
* Add -b to display-panes like run-shell.
* Handle UTF-8 in word-separators option.
* New "terminal" colour allowing options to use the terminal default colour
rather than inheriting the default from a parent option.
* Do not move the cursor in copy mode when the mouse wheel is used.
* Use the same working directory rules for jobs as new windows rather than
always starting in the user's home.
* Allow panes to be one line or column in size.
* Go to last line when goto-line number is out of range in copy mode.
* Yank previously cut text if any with C-y in the command prompt, only use the
buffer if no text has been cut.
* Add q: format modifier to quote shell special characters.
* Add StatusLeft and StatusRight mouse locations (keys such as
MouseDown1StatusLeft) for the status-left and status-right areas of the
status line.
* Add -Z to find-window.
* Support for windows larger than the client. This adds two new options,
window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The
force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height
formats have been removed.
The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows:
largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest
session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not
automatically resize windows. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of
session for largest and smallest as it did before.
If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part
of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part
of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay,
to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or
similar that are not currently visible).
Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those
which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid
using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or
manual).
The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is
used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window
(undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way
to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a
sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if
window-size was smallest) and -A the largest.
For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x
or -y.
If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is
used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the
default-size option for the new session.
The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to
complain and higher memory use if making a window that big. The minimum size
is the size required for the current layout including borders.
The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R
moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor
tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2019-11-12 22:18:21 +03:00
|
|
|
dnl _PKG_CONFIG([VARIABLE], [COMMAND], [MODULES])
|
|
|
|
dnl ---------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
dnl Internal wrapper calling pkg-config via PKG_CONFIG and setting
|
|
|
|
dnl pkg_failed based on the result.
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
m4_define([_PKG_CONFIG],
|
|
|
|
[if test -n "$$1"; then
|
|
|
|
pkg_cv_[]$1="$$1"
|
|
|
|
elif test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then
|
|
|
|
PKG_CHECK_EXISTS([$3],
|
|
|
|
[pkg_cv_[]$1=`$PKG_CONFIG --[]$2 "$3" 2>/dev/null`
|
|
|
|
test "x$?" != "x0" && pkg_failed=yes ],
|
|
|
|
[pkg_failed=yes])
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
pkg_failed=untried
|
|
|
|
fi[]dnl
|
CHANGES FROM 2.9 to 2.9a
* Fix bugs in select-pane and the main-horizontal and main-vertical layouts.
CHANGES FROM 2.8 to 2.9
* Attempt to preserve horizontal cursor position as well as vertical with
reflow.
* Rewrite main-vertical and horizontal and change layouts to better handle the
case where all panes won't fit into the window size, reduce problems with
pane border status lines and fix other bugs mostly found by Thomas Sattler.
* Add format variables for the default formats in the various modes
(tree_mode_format and so on) and add a -a flag to display-message to list
variables with values.
* Add a -v flag to display-message to show verbose messages as the format is
parsed, this allows formats to be debugged
* Add support for HPA (\033[`).
* Add support for origin mode (\033[?6h).
* No longer clear history on RIS.
* Extend the #[] style syntax and use that together with previous format
changes to allow the status line to be entirely configured with a single
option.
Now that it is possible to configure their content, enable the existing code
that lets the status line be multiple lines in height. The status option can
now take a value of 2, 3, 4 or 5 (as well as the previous on or off) to
configure more than one line. The new status-format array option configures
the format of each line, the default just references the existing status-*
options, although some of the more obscure status options may be eliminated
in time.
Additions to the #[] syntax are: "align" to specify alignment (left, centre,
right), "list" for the window list and "range" to configure ranges of text
for the mouse bindings.
The "align" keyword can also be used to specify alignment of entries in tree
mode and the pane status lines.
* Add E: and T: format modifiers to expand a format twice (useful to expand the
value of an option).
* The individual -fg, -bg and -attr options have been removed; they
were superseded by -style options in tmux 1.9.
* Allow more than one mode to be opened in a pane. Modes are kept on a stack
and retrieved if the same mode is entered again. Exiting the active mode goes
back to the previous one.
* When showing command output in copy mode, call it view mode instead (affects
pane_mode format).
* Add -b to display-panes like run-shell.
* Handle UTF-8 in word-separators option.
* New "terminal" colour allowing options to use the terminal default colour
rather than inheriting the default from a parent option.
* Do not move the cursor in copy mode when the mouse wheel is used.
* Use the same working directory rules for jobs as new windows rather than
always starting in the user's home.
* Allow panes to be one line or column in size.
* Go to last line when goto-line number is out of range in copy mode.
* Yank previously cut text if any with C-y in the command prompt, only use the
buffer if no text has been cut.
* Add q: format modifier to quote shell special characters.
* Add StatusLeft and StatusRight mouse locations (keys such as
MouseDown1StatusLeft) for the status-left and status-right areas of the
status line.
* Add -Z to find-window.
* Support for windows larger than the client. This adds two new options,
window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The
force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height
formats have been removed.
The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows:
largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest
session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not
automatically resize windows. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of
session for largest and smallest as it did before.
If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part
of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part
of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay,
to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or
similar that are not currently visible).
Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those
which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid
using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or
manual).
The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is
used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window
(undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way
to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a
sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if
window-size was smallest) and -A the largest.
For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x
or -y.
If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is
used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the
default-size option for the new session.
The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to
complain and higher memory use if making a window that big. The minimum size
is the size required for the current layout including borders.
The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R
moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor
tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2019-11-12 22:18:21 +03:00
|
|
|
])dnl _PKG_CONFIG
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
|
CHANGES FROM 2.9 to 2.9a
* Fix bugs in select-pane and the main-horizontal and main-vertical layouts.
CHANGES FROM 2.8 to 2.9
* Attempt to preserve horizontal cursor position as well as vertical with
reflow.
* Rewrite main-vertical and horizontal and change layouts to better handle the
case where all panes won't fit into the window size, reduce problems with
pane border status lines and fix other bugs mostly found by Thomas Sattler.
* Add format variables for the default formats in the various modes
(tree_mode_format and so on) and add a -a flag to display-message to list
variables with values.
* Add a -v flag to display-message to show verbose messages as the format is
parsed, this allows formats to be debugged
* Add support for HPA (\033[`).
* Add support for origin mode (\033[?6h).
* No longer clear history on RIS.
* Extend the #[] style syntax and use that together with previous format
changes to allow the status line to be entirely configured with a single
option.
Now that it is possible to configure their content, enable the existing code
that lets the status line be multiple lines in height. The status option can
now take a value of 2, 3, 4 or 5 (as well as the previous on or off) to
configure more than one line. The new status-format array option configures
the format of each line, the default just references the existing status-*
options, although some of the more obscure status options may be eliminated
in time.
Additions to the #[] syntax are: "align" to specify alignment (left, centre,
right), "list" for the window list and "range" to configure ranges of text
for the mouse bindings.
The "align" keyword can also be used to specify alignment of entries in tree
mode and the pane status lines.
* Add E: and T: format modifiers to expand a format twice (useful to expand the
value of an option).
* The individual -fg, -bg and -attr options have been removed; they
were superseded by -style options in tmux 1.9.
* Allow more than one mode to be opened in a pane. Modes are kept on a stack
and retrieved if the same mode is entered again. Exiting the active mode goes
back to the previous one.
* When showing command output in copy mode, call it view mode instead (affects
pane_mode format).
* Add -b to display-panes like run-shell.
* Handle UTF-8 in word-separators option.
* New "terminal" colour allowing options to use the terminal default colour
rather than inheriting the default from a parent option.
* Do not move the cursor in copy mode when the mouse wheel is used.
* Use the same working directory rules for jobs as new windows rather than
always starting in the user's home.
* Allow panes to be one line or column in size.
* Go to last line when goto-line number is out of range in copy mode.
* Yank previously cut text if any with C-y in the command prompt, only use the
buffer if no text has been cut.
* Add q: format modifier to quote shell special characters.
* Add StatusLeft and StatusRight mouse locations (keys such as
MouseDown1StatusLeft) for the status-left and status-right areas of the
status line.
* Add -Z to find-window.
* Support for windows larger than the client. This adds two new options,
window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The
force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height
formats have been removed.
The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows:
largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest
session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not
automatically resize windows. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of
session for largest and smallest as it did before.
If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part
of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part
of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay,
to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or
similar that are not currently visible).
Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those
which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid
using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or
manual).
The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is
used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window
(undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way
to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a
sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if
window-size was smallest) and -A the largest.
For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x
or -y.
If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is
used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the
default-size option for the new session.
The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to
complain and higher memory use if making a window that big. The minimum size
is the size required for the current layout including borders.
The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R
moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor
tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2019-11-12 22:18:21 +03:00
|
|
|
dnl _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED
|
|
|
|
dnl ---------------------------
|
|
|
|
dnl Internal check to see if pkg-config supports short errors.
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
AC_DEFUN([_PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED],
|
|
|
|
[AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])
|
|
|
|
if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version 0.20; then
|
|
|
|
_pkg_short_errors_supported=yes
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
_pkg_short_errors_supported=no
|
|
|
|
fi[]dnl
|
CHANGES FROM 2.9 to 2.9a
* Fix bugs in select-pane and the main-horizontal and main-vertical layouts.
CHANGES FROM 2.8 to 2.9
* Attempt to preserve horizontal cursor position as well as vertical with
reflow.
* Rewrite main-vertical and horizontal and change layouts to better handle the
case where all panes won't fit into the window size, reduce problems with
pane border status lines and fix other bugs mostly found by Thomas Sattler.
* Add format variables for the default formats in the various modes
(tree_mode_format and so on) and add a -a flag to display-message to list
variables with values.
* Add a -v flag to display-message to show verbose messages as the format is
parsed, this allows formats to be debugged
* Add support for HPA (\033[`).
* Add support for origin mode (\033[?6h).
* No longer clear history on RIS.
* Extend the #[] style syntax and use that together with previous format
changes to allow the status line to be entirely configured with a single
option.
Now that it is possible to configure their content, enable the existing code
that lets the status line be multiple lines in height. The status option can
now take a value of 2, 3, 4 or 5 (as well as the previous on or off) to
configure more than one line. The new status-format array option configures
the format of each line, the default just references the existing status-*
options, although some of the more obscure status options may be eliminated
in time.
Additions to the #[] syntax are: "align" to specify alignment (left, centre,
right), "list" for the window list and "range" to configure ranges of text
for the mouse bindings.
The "align" keyword can also be used to specify alignment of entries in tree
mode and the pane status lines.
* Add E: and T: format modifiers to expand a format twice (useful to expand the
value of an option).
* The individual -fg, -bg and -attr options have been removed; they
were superseded by -style options in tmux 1.9.
* Allow more than one mode to be opened in a pane. Modes are kept on a stack
and retrieved if the same mode is entered again. Exiting the active mode goes
back to the previous one.
* When showing command output in copy mode, call it view mode instead (affects
pane_mode format).
* Add -b to display-panes like run-shell.
* Handle UTF-8 in word-separators option.
* New "terminal" colour allowing options to use the terminal default colour
rather than inheriting the default from a parent option.
* Do not move the cursor in copy mode when the mouse wheel is used.
* Use the same working directory rules for jobs as new windows rather than
always starting in the user's home.
* Allow panes to be one line or column in size.
* Go to last line when goto-line number is out of range in copy mode.
* Yank previously cut text if any with C-y in the command prompt, only use the
buffer if no text has been cut.
* Add q: format modifier to quote shell special characters.
* Add StatusLeft and StatusRight mouse locations (keys such as
MouseDown1StatusLeft) for the status-left and status-right areas of the
status line.
* Add -Z to find-window.
* Support for windows larger than the client. This adds two new options,
window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The
force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height
formats have been removed.
The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows:
largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest
session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not
automatically resize windows. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of
session for largest and smallest as it did before.
If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part
of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part
of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay,
to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or
similar that are not currently visible).
Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those
which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid
using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or
manual).
The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is
used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window
(undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way
to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a
sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if
window-size was smallest) and -A the largest.
For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x
or -y.
If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is
used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the
default-size option for the new session.
The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to
complain and higher memory use if making a window that big. The minimum size
is the size required for the current layout including borders.
The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R
moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor
tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2019-11-12 22:18:21 +03:00
|
|
|
])dnl _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHANGES FROM 2.9 to 2.9a
* Fix bugs in select-pane and the main-horizontal and main-vertical layouts.
CHANGES FROM 2.8 to 2.9
* Attempt to preserve horizontal cursor position as well as vertical with
reflow.
* Rewrite main-vertical and horizontal and change layouts to better handle the
case where all panes won't fit into the window size, reduce problems with
pane border status lines and fix other bugs mostly found by Thomas Sattler.
* Add format variables for the default formats in the various modes
(tree_mode_format and so on) and add a -a flag to display-message to list
variables with values.
* Add a -v flag to display-message to show verbose messages as the format is
parsed, this allows formats to be debugged
* Add support for HPA (\033[`).
* Add support for origin mode (\033[?6h).
* No longer clear history on RIS.
* Extend the #[] style syntax and use that together with previous format
changes to allow the status line to be entirely configured with a single
option.
Now that it is possible to configure their content, enable the existing code
that lets the status line be multiple lines in height. The status option can
now take a value of 2, 3, 4 or 5 (as well as the previous on or off) to
configure more than one line. The new status-format array option configures
the format of each line, the default just references the existing status-*
options, although some of the more obscure status options may be eliminated
in time.
Additions to the #[] syntax are: "align" to specify alignment (left, centre,
right), "list" for the window list and "range" to configure ranges of text
for the mouse bindings.
The "align" keyword can also be used to specify alignment of entries in tree
mode and the pane status lines.
* Add E: and T: format modifiers to expand a format twice (useful to expand the
value of an option).
* The individual -fg, -bg and -attr options have been removed; they
were superseded by -style options in tmux 1.9.
* Allow more than one mode to be opened in a pane. Modes are kept on a stack
and retrieved if the same mode is entered again. Exiting the active mode goes
back to the previous one.
* When showing command output in copy mode, call it view mode instead (affects
pane_mode format).
* Add -b to display-panes like run-shell.
* Handle UTF-8 in word-separators option.
* New "terminal" colour allowing options to use the terminal default colour
rather than inheriting the default from a parent option.
* Do not move the cursor in copy mode when the mouse wheel is used.
* Use the same working directory rules for jobs as new windows rather than
always starting in the user's home.
* Allow panes to be one line or column in size.
* Go to last line when goto-line number is out of range in copy mode.
* Yank previously cut text if any with C-y in the command prompt, only use the
buffer if no text has been cut.
* Add q: format modifier to quote shell special characters.
* Add StatusLeft and StatusRight mouse locations (keys such as
MouseDown1StatusLeft) for the status-left and status-right areas of the
status line.
* Add -Z to find-window.
* Support for windows larger than the client. This adds two new options,
window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The
force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height
formats have been removed.
The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows:
largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest
session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not
automatically resize windows. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of
session for largest and smallest as it did before.
If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part
of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part
of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay,
to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or
similar that are not currently visible).
Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those
which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid
using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or
manual).
The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is
used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window
(undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way
to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a
sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if
window-size was smallest) and -A the largest.
For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x
or -y.
If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is
used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the
default-size option for the new session.
The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to
complain and higher memory use if making a window that big. The minimum size
is the size required for the current layout including borders.
The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R
moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor
tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2019-11-12 22:18:21 +03:00
|
|
|
dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES(VARIABLE-PREFIX, MODULES, [ACTION-IF-FOUND],
|
|
|
|
dnl [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND])
|
|
|
|
dnl --------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
dnl Since: 0.4.0
|
|
|
|
dnl
|
|
|
|
dnl Note that if there is a possibility the first call to
|
|
|
|
dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES might not happen, you should be sure to include an
|
|
|
|
dnl explicit call to PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG in your configure.ac
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_MODULES],
|
|
|
|
[AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl
|
|
|
|
AC_ARG_VAR([$1][_CFLAGS], [C compiler flags for $1, overriding pkg-config])dnl
|
|
|
|
AC_ARG_VAR([$1][_LIBS], [linker flags for $1, overriding pkg-config])dnl
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pkg_failed=no
|
CHANGES FROM 3.1c TO 3.2
* Add a flag to disable keys to close a message.
* Permit shortcut keys in buffer, client, tree modes to be configured with a
format (-K flag to choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree).
* Add a current_file format for the config file being parsed.
* When display-message used in config file, show the message after the config
file finishes.
* Add client-detached notification in control mode.
* Improve performance of format evaluation.
* Make jump command support UTF-8 in copy mode.
* Support X11 colour names and other colour formats for OSC 10 and 11.
* Add "pipe" variants of "copy-pipe" commands which do not copy.
* Include "focused" in client flags.
* Send Unicode directional isolate characters around horizontal pane borders if
the terminal supports UTF-8 and an extension terminfo(5) capability "Bidi" is
present.
* Add a -S flag to new-window to make it select the existing window if one
with the given name already exists rather than failing with an error.
* Addd a format modifier to check if a window or session name exists (N/w or
N/s).
* Add compat clock_gettime for older macOS.
* Add a no-detached choice to detach-on-destroy which detaches only if there
are no other detached sessions to switch to.
* Add rectangle-on and rectangle-off copy mode commands.
* Change so that window_flags escapes # automatically. A new format
window_raw_flags contains the old unescaped version.
* Add -N flag to never start server even if command would normally do so.
* With incremental search, start empty and only repeat the previous search if
the user tries to search again with an empty prompt.
* Add a value for remain-on-exit that only keeps the pane if the program
failed.
* Add a -C flag to run-shell to use a tmux command rather than a shell command.
* Do not list user options with show-hooks.
* Remove current match indicator in copy mode which can't work anymore since we
only search the visible region.
* Make synchronize-panes a pane option and add -U flag to set-option to unset
an option on all panes.
* Make replacement of ##s consistent when drawing formats, whether followed by
[ or not. Add a flag (e) to the q: format modifier to double up #s
* Add -N flag to display-panes to ignore keys.
* Change how escaping is processed for formats so that ## and # can be used in
styles.
* Add a 'w' format modifier for string width.
* Add support for Haiku.
* Expand menu and popup -x and -y as formats.
* Add numeric comparisons for formats.
* Fire focus events even when the pane is in a mode.
* Add -O flag to display-menu to not automatically close when all mouse buttons
are released.
* Allow fnmatch(3) wildcards in update-environment.
* Disable nested job expansion so that the result of #() is not expanded again.
* Use the setal capability as well as (tmux's) Setulc.
* Add -q flag to unbind-key to hide errors.
* Allow -N without a command to change or add a note to an existing key.
* Add a -w flag to set- and load-buffer to send to clipboard using OSC 52.
* Add -F to set-environment and source-file.
* Allow colour to be spelt as color in various places.
* Add n: modifier to get length of a format.
* Respond to OSC colour requests if a colour is available.
* Add a -d option to display-message to set delay.
* Add a way for control mode clients to subscribe to a format and be notified
of changes rather than having to poll.
* Add some formats for search in copy mode (search_present, search_match).
* Do not wait on shutdown for commands started with run -b.
* Add -b flags to insert a window before (like the existing -a for after) to
break-pane, move-window, new-window.
* Make paste -p the default for ].
* Add support for pausing a pane when the output buffered for a control mode
client gets too far behind. The pause-after flag with a time is set on the
pane with refresh-client -f and a paused pane may be resumed with
refresh-client -A.
* Allow strings in configuration files to span multiple lines - newlines and
any leading whitespace are removed, as well as any following comments that
couldn't be part of a format. This allows long formats or other strings to be
annotated and indented.
* Instead of using a custom parse function to process {} in configuration
files, treat as a set of statements the same as outside {} and convert back
to a string as the last step. This means the rules are consistent inside and
outside {}, %if and friends work at the right time, and the final result
isn't littered with unnecessary newlines.
* Add support for extended keys - both xterm(1)'s CSI 27 ~ sequence and the
libtickit CSI u sequence are accepted; only the latter is output. tmux will
only attempt to use these if the extended-keys option is on and it can detect
that the terminal outside supports them (or is told it does with the
"extkeys" terminal feature).
* Add an option to set the pane border lines style from a choice of single
lines (ACS or UTF-8), double or heavy (UTF-8), simple (plain ASCII) or number
(the pane numbers). Lines that won't work on a non-UTF-8 terminal are
translated back into ACS when they are output.
* Make focus events update the latest client (like a key press).
* Store UTF-8 characters differently to reduce memory use.
* Fix break-pane -n when only one pane in the window.
* Instead of sending all data to control mode clients as fast as possible, add
a limit of how much data will be sent to the client and try to use it for
panes with some degree of fairness.
* Add an active-pane client flag (set with attach-session -f, new-session -f
or refresh-client -f). This allows a client to have an independent active
pane for interactive use (the window client pane is still used for many
things however).
* Add a mark to copy mode, this is set with the set-mark command (bound to X)
and appears with the entire line shown using copy-mode-mark-style and the
marked character in reverse. The jump-to-mark command (bound to M-x) swaps
the mark and the cursor positions.
* Add a -D flag to make the tmux server run in the foreground and not as a
daemon.
* Do not loop forever in copy mode when search finds an empty match.
* Fix the next-matching-bracket logic when using vi(1) keys.
* Add a customize mode where options may be browsed and changed, includes
adding a brief description of each option. Bound to C-b C by default.
* Change message log (C-b ~) so there is one for the server rather than one per
client and it remains after detach, and make it useful by logging every
command.
* Add M-+ and M-- to tree mode to expand and collapse all.
* Change the existing client flags for control mode to apply for any client,
use the same mechanism for the read-only flag and add an ignore-size flag.
refresh-client -F has become -f (-F stays for backwards compatibility) and
attach-session and switch-client now have -f flags also. A new format
client_flags lists the flags and is shown by list-clients by default.
This separates the read-only flag from "ignore size" behaviour (new
ignore-size) flag - both behaviours are useful in different circumstances.
attach -r and switchc -r remain and set or toggle both flags together.
* Store and restore cursor position when copy mode is resized.
* Export TERM_PROGRAM and TERM_PROGRAM_VERSION like various other terminals.
* Add formats for after hook command arguments: hook_arguments with all the
arguments together; hook_argument_0, hook_argument_1 and so on with
individual arguments; hook_flag_X if flag -X is present; hook_flag_X_0,
hook_flag_X_1 and so on if -X appears multiple times.
* Try to search the entire history first for up to 200 ms so a search count can
be shown. If it takes too long, search the visible text only.
* Use VIS_CSTYLE for paste buffers also (show \012 as \n).
* Change default formats for tree mode, client mode and buffer mode to be more
compact and remove some clutter.
* Add a key (e) in buffer mode to open the buffer in an editor. The buffer
contents is updated when the editor exits.
* Add -e flag for new-session to set environment variables, like the same flag
for new-window.
* Improve search match marking in copy mode. Two new options
copy-mode-match-style and copy-mode-current-match-style to set the style for
matches and for the current match respectively. Also a change so that if a
copy key is pressed with no selection, the current match (if any) is copied.
* Sanitize session names like window names instead of forbidding invalid ones.
* Check if the clear terminfo(5) capability starts with CSI and if so then
assume the terminal is VT100-like, rather than relying on the XT capability.
* Improve command prompt tab completion and add menus both for strings and -t
and -s (when used without a trailing space). command-prompt has additional
flags for only completing a window (-W) and a target (-T), allowing C-b ' to
only show windows and C-b . only targets.
* Change all the style options to string options so they can support formats.
Change pane-border-active-style to use this to change the border colour when
in a mode or with synchronize-panes on. This also implies a few minor changes
to existing behaviour:
- set-option -a with a style option automatically inserts a comma between the
old value and appended text.
- OSC 10 and 11 no longer set the window-style option, instead they store the
colour internally in the pane data and it is used as the default when the
option is evaluated.
- status-fg and -bg now override status-style instead of the option values
being changed.
* Add extension terminfo(5) capabilities for margins and focus reporting.
* Try $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/tmux/tmux.conf as well as ~/.config/tmux/tmux.conf for
configuration file (the search paths are in TMUX_CONF in Makefile.am).
* Remove the DSR 1337 iTerm2 extension and replace by the extended device
attributes sequence (CSI > q) supported by more terminals.
* Add a -s flag to copy-mode to specify a different pane for the source
content. This means it is possible to view two places in a pane's history at
the same time in different panes, or view the history while still using the
pane. Pressing r refreshes the content from the source pane.
* Add an argument to list-commands to show only a single command.
* Change copy mode to make copy of the pane history so it does not need to
freeze the pane.
* Restore pane_current_path format from portable tmux on OpenBSD.
* Wait until the initial command sequence is done before sending a device
attributes request and other bits that prompt a reply from the terminal. This
means that stray relies are not left on the terminal if the command has
attached and then immediately detached and tmux will not be around to receive
them.
* Add a -f filter argument to the list commands like choose-tree.
* Move specific hooks for panes to pane options and windows for window options
rather than all hooks being session options. These hooks are now window
options:
window-layout-changed
window-linked
window-pane-changed
window-renamed
window-unlinked
And these now pane options:
pane-died
pane-exited
pane-focus-in
pane-focus-out
pane-mode-changed
pane-set-clipboard
Any existing configurations using these hooks on a session rather than
globally (that is, set-hook or set-option without -g) may need to be changed.
* Show signal names when a process exits with remain-on-exit on platforms which
have a way to get them.
* Start menu with top item selected if no mouse and use mode-style for the
selected item.
* Add a copy-command option and change copy-pipe and friends to pipe to it if
used without arguments, allows all the default copy key bindings to be
changed to pipe with one option rather than needing to change each key
binding individually.
* Tidy up the terminal detection and feature code and add named sets of
terminal features, each of which are defined in one place and map to a
builtin set of terminfo(5) capabilities. Features can be specified based on
TERM with a new terminal-features option or with the -T flag when running
tmux. tmux will also detect a few common terminals from the DA and DSR
responses.
This is intended to make it easier to configure tmux's use of terminfo(5)
even in the presence of outdated ncurses(3) or terminfo(5) databases or for
features which do not yet have a terminfo(5) entry. Instead of having to grok
terminfo(5) capability names and what they should be set to in the
terminal-overrides option, the user can hopefully just give tmux a feature
name and let it do the right thing.
The terminal-overrides option remains both for backwards compatibility and to
allow tweaks of individual capabilities.
* Support mintty's application escape sequence (means tmux doesn't have to
delay to wait for Escape, so no need to reduce escape-time when using
mintty).
* Change so main-pane-width and height can be given as a percentage.
* Support for the iTerm2 synchronized updates feature (allows the terminal to
avoid unnecessary drawing while output is still in progress).
* Make the mouse_word and mouse_line formats work in copy mode and enable the
default pane menu in copy mode.
* Add a -T flag to resize-pane to trim lines below the cursor, moving lines out
of the history.
* Add a way to mark environment variables as "hidden" so they can be used by
tmux (for example in formats) but are not set in the environment for new
panes. set-environment and show-environment have a new -h flag and there is a
new %hidden statement for the configuration file.
* Change default position for display-menu -x and -y to centre rather than top
left.
* Add support for per-client transient popups, similar to menus but which are
connected to an external command (like a pane). These are created with new
command display-popup.
* Change double and triple click bindings so that only one is fired (previously
double click was fired on the way to triple click). Also add default double
and triple click bindings to copy the word or line under the cursor and
change the existing bindings in copy mode to do the same.
* Add a default binding for button 2 to paste.
* Add -d flag to run-shell to delay before running the command and allow it to
run without a command so it just delays.
* Add C-g to cancel command prompt with vi keys as well as emacs, and q in
command mode.
* When the server socket is given with -S, create it with umask 177 instead of
117 (because it may not be in a safe directory like the default directory in
/tmp).
* Add a copy-mode -H flag to hide the position marker in the top right.
* Add number operators for formats (+, -, *, / and m),
2021-04-17 22:42:01 +03:00
|
|
|
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $2])
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
_PKG_CONFIG([$1][_CFLAGS], [cflags], [$2])
|
|
|
|
_PKG_CONFIG([$1][_LIBS], [libs], [$2])
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
m4_define([_PKG_TEXT], [Alternatively, you may set the environment variables $1[]_CFLAGS
|
|
|
|
and $1[]_LIBS to avoid the need to call pkg-config.
|
|
|
|
See the pkg-config man page for more details.])
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if test $pkg_failed = yes; then
|
CHANGES FROM 3.1c TO 3.2
* Add a flag to disable keys to close a message.
* Permit shortcut keys in buffer, client, tree modes to be configured with a
format (-K flag to choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree).
* Add a current_file format for the config file being parsed.
* When display-message used in config file, show the message after the config
file finishes.
* Add client-detached notification in control mode.
* Improve performance of format evaluation.
* Make jump command support UTF-8 in copy mode.
* Support X11 colour names and other colour formats for OSC 10 and 11.
* Add "pipe" variants of "copy-pipe" commands which do not copy.
* Include "focused" in client flags.
* Send Unicode directional isolate characters around horizontal pane borders if
the terminal supports UTF-8 and an extension terminfo(5) capability "Bidi" is
present.
* Add a -S flag to new-window to make it select the existing window if one
with the given name already exists rather than failing with an error.
* Addd a format modifier to check if a window or session name exists (N/w or
N/s).
* Add compat clock_gettime for older macOS.
* Add a no-detached choice to detach-on-destroy which detaches only if there
are no other detached sessions to switch to.
* Add rectangle-on and rectangle-off copy mode commands.
* Change so that window_flags escapes # automatically. A new format
window_raw_flags contains the old unescaped version.
* Add -N flag to never start server even if command would normally do so.
* With incremental search, start empty and only repeat the previous search if
the user tries to search again with an empty prompt.
* Add a value for remain-on-exit that only keeps the pane if the program
failed.
* Add a -C flag to run-shell to use a tmux command rather than a shell command.
* Do not list user options with show-hooks.
* Remove current match indicator in copy mode which can't work anymore since we
only search the visible region.
* Make synchronize-panes a pane option and add -U flag to set-option to unset
an option on all panes.
* Make replacement of ##s consistent when drawing formats, whether followed by
[ or not. Add a flag (e) to the q: format modifier to double up #s
* Add -N flag to display-panes to ignore keys.
* Change how escaping is processed for formats so that ## and # can be used in
styles.
* Add a 'w' format modifier for string width.
* Add support for Haiku.
* Expand menu and popup -x and -y as formats.
* Add numeric comparisons for formats.
* Fire focus events even when the pane is in a mode.
* Add -O flag to display-menu to not automatically close when all mouse buttons
are released.
* Allow fnmatch(3) wildcards in update-environment.
* Disable nested job expansion so that the result of #() is not expanded again.
* Use the setal capability as well as (tmux's) Setulc.
* Add -q flag to unbind-key to hide errors.
* Allow -N without a command to change or add a note to an existing key.
* Add a -w flag to set- and load-buffer to send to clipboard using OSC 52.
* Add -F to set-environment and source-file.
* Allow colour to be spelt as color in various places.
* Add n: modifier to get length of a format.
* Respond to OSC colour requests if a colour is available.
* Add a -d option to display-message to set delay.
* Add a way for control mode clients to subscribe to a format and be notified
of changes rather than having to poll.
* Add some formats for search in copy mode (search_present, search_match).
* Do not wait on shutdown for commands started with run -b.
* Add -b flags to insert a window before (like the existing -a for after) to
break-pane, move-window, new-window.
* Make paste -p the default for ].
* Add support for pausing a pane when the output buffered for a control mode
client gets too far behind. The pause-after flag with a time is set on the
pane with refresh-client -f and a paused pane may be resumed with
refresh-client -A.
* Allow strings in configuration files to span multiple lines - newlines and
any leading whitespace are removed, as well as any following comments that
couldn't be part of a format. This allows long formats or other strings to be
annotated and indented.
* Instead of using a custom parse function to process {} in configuration
files, treat as a set of statements the same as outside {} and convert back
to a string as the last step. This means the rules are consistent inside and
outside {}, %if and friends work at the right time, and the final result
isn't littered with unnecessary newlines.
* Add support for extended keys - both xterm(1)'s CSI 27 ~ sequence and the
libtickit CSI u sequence are accepted; only the latter is output. tmux will
only attempt to use these if the extended-keys option is on and it can detect
that the terminal outside supports them (or is told it does with the
"extkeys" terminal feature).
* Add an option to set the pane border lines style from a choice of single
lines (ACS or UTF-8), double or heavy (UTF-8), simple (plain ASCII) or number
(the pane numbers). Lines that won't work on a non-UTF-8 terminal are
translated back into ACS when they are output.
* Make focus events update the latest client (like a key press).
* Store UTF-8 characters differently to reduce memory use.
* Fix break-pane -n when only one pane in the window.
* Instead of sending all data to control mode clients as fast as possible, add
a limit of how much data will be sent to the client and try to use it for
panes with some degree of fairness.
* Add an active-pane client flag (set with attach-session -f, new-session -f
or refresh-client -f). This allows a client to have an independent active
pane for interactive use (the window client pane is still used for many
things however).
* Add a mark to copy mode, this is set with the set-mark command (bound to X)
and appears with the entire line shown using copy-mode-mark-style and the
marked character in reverse. The jump-to-mark command (bound to M-x) swaps
the mark and the cursor positions.
* Add a -D flag to make the tmux server run in the foreground and not as a
daemon.
* Do not loop forever in copy mode when search finds an empty match.
* Fix the next-matching-bracket logic when using vi(1) keys.
* Add a customize mode where options may be browsed and changed, includes
adding a brief description of each option. Bound to C-b C by default.
* Change message log (C-b ~) so there is one for the server rather than one per
client and it remains after detach, and make it useful by logging every
command.
* Add M-+ and M-- to tree mode to expand and collapse all.
* Change the existing client flags for control mode to apply for any client,
use the same mechanism for the read-only flag and add an ignore-size flag.
refresh-client -F has become -f (-F stays for backwards compatibility) and
attach-session and switch-client now have -f flags also. A new format
client_flags lists the flags and is shown by list-clients by default.
This separates the read-only flag from "ignore size" behaviour (new
ignore-size) flag - both behaviours are useful in different circumstances.
attach -r and switchc -r remain and set or toggle both flags together.
* Store and restore cursor position when copy mode is resized.
* Export TERM_PROGRAM and TERM_PROGRAM_VERSION like various other terminals.
* Add formats for after hook command arguments: hook_arguments with all the
arguments together; hook_argument_0, hook_argument_1 and so on with
individual arguments; hook_flag_X if flag -X is present; hook_flag_X_0,
hook_flag_X_1 and so on if -X appears multiple times.
* Try to search the entire history first for up to 200 ms so a search count can
be shown. If it takes too long, search the visible text only.
* Use VIS_CSTYLE for paste buffers also (show \012 as \n).
* Change default formats for tree mode, client mode and buffer mode to be more
compact and remove some clutter.
* Add a key (e) in buffer mode to open the buffer in an editor. The buffer
contents is updated when the editor exits.
* Add -e flag for new-session to set environment variables, like the same flag
for new-window.
* Improve search match marking in copy mode. Two new options
copy-mode-match-style and copy-mode-current-match-style to set the style for
matches and for the current match respectively. Also a change so that if a
copy key is pressed with no selection, the current match (if any) is copied.
* Sanitize session names like window names instead of forbidding invalid ones.
* Check if the clear terminfo(5) capability starts with CSI and if so then
assume the terminal is VT100-like, rather than relying on the XT capability.
* Improve command prompt tab completion and add menus both for strings and -t
and -s (when used without a trailing space). command-prompt has additional
flags for only completing a window (-W) and a target (-T), allowing C-b ' to
only show windows and C-b . only targets.
* Change all the style options to string options so they can support formats.
Change pane-border-active-style to use this to change the border colour when
in a mode or with synchronize-panes on. This also implies a few minor changes
to existing behaviour:
- set-option -a with a style option automatically inserts a comma between the
old value and appended text.
- OSC 10 and 11 no longer set the window-style option, instead they store the
colour internally in the pane data and it is used as the default when the
option is evaluated.
- status-fg and -bg now override status-style instead of the option values
being changed.
* Add extension terminfo(5) capabilities for margins and focus reporting.
* Try $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/tmux/tmux.conf as well as ~/.config/tmux/tmux.conf for
configuration file (the search paths are in TMUX_CONF in Makefile.am).
* Remove the DSR 1337 iTerm2 extension and replace by the extended device
attributes sequence (CSI > q) supported by more terminals.
* Add a -s flag to copy-mode to specify a different pane for the source
content. This means it is possible to view two places in a pane's history at
the same time in different panes, or view the history while still using the
pane. Pressing r refreshes the content from the source pane.
* Add an argument to list-commands to show only a single command.
* Change copy mode to make copy of the pane history so it does not need to
freeze the pane.
* Restore pane_current_path format from portable tmux on OpenBSD.
* Wait until the initial command sequence is done before sending a device
attributes request and other bits that prompt a reply from the terminal. This
means that stray relies are not left on the terminal if the command has
attached and then immediately detached and tmux will not be around to receive
them.
* Add a -f filter argument to the list commands like choose-tree.
* Move specific hooks for panes to pane options and windows for window options
rather than all hooks being session options. These hooks are now window
options:
window-layout-changed
window-linked
window-pane-changed
window-renamed
window-unlinked
And these now pane options:
pane-died
pane-exited
pane-focus-in
pane-focus-out
pane-mode-changed
pane-set-clipboard
Any existing configurations using these hooks on a session rather than
globally (that is, set-hook or set-option without -g) may need to be changed.
* Show signal names when a process exits with remain-on-exit on platforms which
have a way to get them.
* Start menu with top item selected if no mouse and use mode-style for the
selected item.
* Add a copy-command option and change copy-pipe and friends to pipe to it if
used without arguments, allows all the default copy key bindings to be
changed to pipe with one option rather than needing to change each key
binding individually.
* Tidy up the terminal detection and feature code and add named sets of
terminal features, each of which are defined in one place and map to a
builtin set of terminfo(5) capabilities. Features can be specified based on
TERM with a new terminal-features option or with the -T flag when running
tmux. tmux will also detect a few common terminals from the DA and DSR
responses.
This is intended to make it easier to configure tmux's use of terminfo(5)
even in the presence of outdated ncurses(3) or terminfo(5) databases or for
features which do not yet have a terminfo(5) entry. Instead of having to grok
terminfo(5) capability names and what they should be set to in the
terminal-overrides option, the user can hopefully just give tmux a feature
name and let it do the right thing.
The terminal-overrides option remains both for backwards compatibility and to
allow tweaks of individual capabilities.
* Support mintty's application escape sequence (means tmux doesn't have to
delay to wait for Escape, so no need to reduce escape-time when using
mintty).
* Change so main-pane-width and height can be given as a percentage.
* Support for the iTerm2 synchronized updates feature (allows the terminal to
avoid unnecessary drawing while output is still in progress).
* Make the mouse_word and mouse_line formats work in copy mode and enable the
default pane menu in copy mode.
* Add a -T flag to resize-pane to trim lines below the cursor, moving lines out
of the history.
* Add a way to mark environment variables as "hidden" so they can be used by
tmux (for example in formats) but are not set in the environment for new
panes. set-environment and show-environment have a new -h flag and there is a
new %hidden statement for the configuration file.
* Change default position for display-menu -x and -y to centre rather than top
left.
* Add support for per-client transient popups, similar to menus but which are
connected to an external command (like a pane). These are created with new
command display-popup.
* Change double and triple click bindings so that only one is fired (previously
double click was fired on the way to triple click). Also add default double
and triple click bindings to copy the word or line under the cursor and
change the existing bindings in copy mode to do the same.
* Add a default binding for button 2 to paste.
* Add -d flag to run-shell to delay before running the command and allow it to
run without a command so it just delays.
* Add C-g to cancel command prompt with vi keys as well as emacs, and q in
command mode.
* When the server socket is given with -S, create it with umask 177 instead of
117 (because it may not be in a safe directory like the default directory in
/tmp).
* Add a copy-mode -H flag to hide the position marker in the top right.
* Add number operators for formats (+, -, *, / and m),
2021-04-17 22:42:01 +03:00
|
|
|
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
_PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED
|
|
|
|
if test $_pkg_short_errors_supported = yes; then
|
|
|
|
$1[]_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --short-errors --print-errors --cflags --libs "$2" 2>&1`
|
CHANGES FROM 3.1c TO 3.2
* Add a flag to disable keys to close a message.
* Permit shortcut keys in buffer, client, tree modes to be configured with a
format (-K flag to choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree).
* Add a current_file format for the config file being parsed.
* When display-message used in config file, show the message after the config
file finishes.
* Add client-detached notification in control mode.
* Improve performance of format evaluation.
* Make jump command support UTF-8 in copy mode.
* Support X11 colour names and other colour formats for OSC 10 and 11.
* Add "pipe" variants of "copy-pipe" commands which do not copy.
* Include "focused" in client flags.
* Send Unicode directional isolate characters around horizontal pane borders if
the terminal supports UTF-8 and an extension terminfo(5) capability "Bidi" is
present.
* Add a -S flag to new-window to make it select the existing window if one
with the given name already exists rather than failing with an error.
* Addd a format modifier to check if a window or session name exists (N/w or
N/s).
* Add compat clock_gettime for older macOS.
* Add a no-detached choice to detach-on-destroy which detaches only if there
are no other detached sessions to switch to.
* Add rectangle-on and rectangle-off copy mode commands.
* Change so that window_flags escapes # automatically. A new format
window_raw_flags contains the old unescaped version.
* Add -N flag to never start server even if command would normally do so.
* With incremental search, start empty and only repeat the previous search if
the user tries to search again with an empty prompt.
* Add a value for remain-on-exit that only keeps the pane if the program
failed.
* Add a -C flag to run-shell to use a tmux command rather than a shell command.
* Do not list user options with show-hooks.
* Remove current match indicator in copy mode which can't work anymore since we
only search the visible region.
* Make synchronize-panes a pane option and add -U flag to set-option to unset
an option on all panes.
* Make replacement of ##s consistent when drawing formats, whether followed by
[ or not. Add a flag (e) to the q: format modifier to double up #s
* Add -N flag to display-panes to ignore keys.
* Change how escaping is processed for formats so that ## and # can be used in
styles.
* Add a 'w' format modifier for string width.
* Add support for Haiku.
* Expand menu and popup -x and -y as formats.
* Add numeric comparisons for formats.
* Fire focus events even when the pane is in a mode.
* Add -O flag to display-menu to not automatically close when all mouse buttons
are released.
* Allow fnmatch(3) wildcards in update-environment.
* Disable nested job expansion so that the result of #() is not expanded again.
* Use the setal capability as well as (tmux's) Setulc.
* Add -q flag to unbind-key to hide errors.
* Allow -N without a command to change or add a note to an existing key.
* Add a -w flag to set- and load-buffer to send to clipboard using OSC 52.
* Add -F to set-environment and source-file.
* Allow colour to be spelt as color in various places.
* Add n: modifier to get length of a format.
* Respond to OSC colour requests if a colour is available.
* Add a -d option to display-message to set delay.
* Add a way for control mode clients to subscribe to a format and be notified
of changes rather than having to poll.
* Add some formats for search in copy mode (search_present, search_match).
* Do not wait on shutdown for commands started with run -b.
* Add -b flags to insert a window before (like the existing -a for after) to
break-pane, move-window, new-window.
* Make paste -p the default for ].
* Add support for pausing a pane when the output buffered for a control mode
client gets too far behind. The pause-after flag with a time is set on the
pane with refresh-client -f and a paused pane may be resumed with
refresh-client -A.
* Allow strings in configuration files to span multiple lines - newlines and
any leading whitespace are removed, as well as any following comments that
couldn't be part of a format. This allows long formats or other strings to be
annotated and indented.
* Instead of using a custom parse function to process {} in configuration
files, treat as a set of statements the same as outside {} and convert back
to a string as the last step. This means the rules are consistent inside and
outside {}, %if and friends work at the right time, and the final result
isn't littered with unnecessary newlines.
* Add support for extended keys - both xterm(1)'s CSI 27 ~ sequence and the
libtickit CSI u sequence are accepted; only the latter is output. tmux will
only attempt to use these if the extended-keys option is on and it can detect
that the terminal outside supports them (or is told it does with the
"extkeys" terminal feature).
* Add an option to set the pane border lines style from a choice of single
lines (ACS or UTF-8), double or heavy (UTF-8), simple (plain ASCII) or number
(the pane numbers). Lines that won't work on a non-UTF-8 terminal are
translated back into ACS when they are output.
* Make focus events update the latest client (like a key press).
* Store UTF-8 characters differently to reduce memory use.
* Fix break-pane -n when only one pane in the window.
* Instead of sending all data to control mode clients as fast as possible, add
a limit of how much data will be sent to the client and try to use it for
panes with some degree of fairness.
* Add an active-pane client flag (set with attach-session -f, new-session -f
or refresh-client -f). This allows a client to have an independent active
pane for interactive use (the window client pane is still used for many
things however).
* Add a mark to copy mode, this is set with the set-mark command (bound to X)
and appears with the entire line shown using copy-mode-mark-style and the
marked character in reverse. The jump-to-mark command (bound to M-x) swaps
the mark and the cursor positions.
* Add a -D flag to make the tmux server run in the foreground and not as a
daemon.
* Do not loop forever in copy mode when search finds an empty match.
* Fix the next-matching-bracket logic when using vi(1) keys.
* Add a customize mode where options may be browsed and changed, includes
adding a brief description of each option. Bound to C-b C by default.
* Change message log (C-b ~) so there is one for the server rather than one per
client and it remains after detach, and make it useful by logging every
command.
* Add M-+ and M-- to tree mode to expand and collapse all.
* Change the existing client flags for control mode to apply for any client,
use the same mechanism for the read-only flag and add an ignore-size flag.
refresh-client -F has become -f (-F stays for backwards compatibility) and
attach-session and switch-client now have -f flags also. A new format
client_flags lists the flags and is shown by list-clients by default.
This separates the read-only flag from "ignore size" behaviour (new
ignore-size) flag - both behaviours are useful in different circumstances.
attach -r and switchc -r remain and set or toggle both flags together.
* Store and restore cursor position when copy mode is resized.
* Export TERM_PROGRAM and TERM_PROGRAM_VERSION like various other terminals.
* Add formats for after hook command arguments: hook_arguments with all the
arguments together; hook_argument_0, hook_argument_1 and so on with
individual arguments; hook_flag_X if flag -X is present; hook_flag_X_0,
hook_flag_X_1 and so on if -X appears multiple times.
* Try to search the entire history first for up to 200 ms so a search count can
be shown. If it takes too long, search the visible text only.
* Use VIS_CSTYLE for paste buffers also (show \012 as \n).
* Change default formats for tree mode, client mode and buffer mode to be more
compact and remove some clutter.
* Add a key (e) in buffer mode to open the buffer in an editor. The buffer
contents is updated when the editor exits.
* Add -e flag for new-session to set environment variables, like the same flag
for new-window.
* Improve search match marking in copy mode. Two new options
copy-mode-match-style and copy-mode-current-match-style to set the style for
matches and for the current match respectively. Also a change so that if a
copy key is pressed with no selection, the current match (if any) is copied.
* Sanitize session names like window names instead of forbidding invalid ones.
* Check if the clear terminfo(5) capability starts with CSI and if so then
assume the terminal is VT100-like, rather than relying on the XT capability.
* Improve command prompt tab completion and add menus both for strings and -t
and -s (when used without a trailing space). command-prompt has additional
flags for only completing a window (-W) and a target (-T), allowing C-b ' to
only show windows and C-b . only targets.
* Change all the style options to string options so they can support formats.
Change pane-border-active-style to use this to change the border colour when
in a mode or with synchronize-panes on. This also implies a few minor changes
to existing behaviour:
- set-option -a with a style option automatically inserts a comma between the
old value and appended text.
- OSC 10 and 11 no longer set the window-style option, instead they store the
colour internally in the pane data and it is used as the default when the
option is evaluated.
- status-fg and -bg now override status-style instead of the option values
being changed.
* Add extension terminfo(5) capabilities for margins and focus reporting.
* Try $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/tmux/tmux.conf as well as ~/.config/tmux/tmux.conf for
configuration file (the search paths are in TMUX_CONF in Makefile.am).
* Remove the DSR 1337 iTerm2 extension and replace by the extended device
attributes sequence (CSI > q) supported by more terminals.
* Add a -s flag to copy-mode to specify a different pane for the source
content. This means it is possible to view two places in a pane's history at
the same time in different panes, or view the history while still using the
pane. Pressing r refreshes the content from the source pane.
* Add an argument to list-commands to show only a single command.
* Change copy mode to make copy of the pane history so it does not need to
freeze the pane.
* Restore pane_current_path format from portable tmux on OpenBSD.
* Wait until the initial command sequence is done before sending a device
attributes request and other bits that prompt a reply from the terminal. This
means that stray relies are not left on the terminal if the command has
attached and then immediately detached and tmux will not be around to receive
them.
* Add a -f filter argument to the list commands like choose-tree.
* Move specific hooks for panes to pane options and windows for window options
rather than all hooks being session options. These hooks are now window
options:
window-layout-changed
window-linked
window-pane-changed
window-renamed
window-unlinked
And these now pane options:
pane-died
pane-exited
pane-focus-in
pane-focus-out
pane-mode-changed
pane-set-clipboard
Any existing configurations using these hooks on a session rather than
globally (that is, set-hook or set-option without -g) may need to be changed.
* Show signal names when a process exits with remain-on-exit on platforms which
have a way to get them.
* Start menu with top item selected if no mouse and use mode-style for the
selected item.
* Add a copy-command option and change copy-pipe and friends to pipe to it if
used without arguments, allows all the default copy key bindings to be
changed to pipe with one option rather than needing to change each key
binding individually.
* Tidy up the terminal detection and feature code and add named sets of
terminal features, each of which are defined in one place and map to a
builtin set of terminfo(5) capabilities. Features can be specified based on
TERM with a new terminal-features option or with the -T flag when running
tmux. tmux will also detect a few common terminals from the DA and DSR
responses.
This is intended to make it easier to configure tmux's use of terminfo(5)
even in the presence of outdated ncurses(3) or terminfo(5) databases or for
features which do not yet have a terminfo(5) entry. Instead of having to grok
terminfo(5) capability names and what they should be set to in the
terminal-overrides option, the user can hopefully just give tmux a feature
name and let it do the right thing.
The terminal-overrides option remains both for backwards compatibility and to
allow tweaks of individual capabilities.
* Support mintty's application escape sequence (means tmux doesn't have to
delay to wait for Escape, so no need to reduce escape-time when using
mintty).
* Change so main-pane-width and height can be given as a percentage.
* Support for the iTerm2 synchronized updates feature (allows the terminal to
avoid unnecessary drawing while output is still in progress).
* Make the mouse_word and mouse_line formats work in copy mode and enable the
default pane menu in copy mode.
* Add a -T flag to resize-pane to trim lines below the cursor, moving lines out
of the history.
* Add a way to mark environment variables as "hidden" so they can be used by
tmux (for example in formats) but are not set in the environment for new
panes. set-environment and show-environment have a new -h flag and there is a
new %hidden statement for the configuration file.
* Change default position for display-menu -x and -y to centre rather than top
left.
* Add support for per-client transient popups, similar to menus but which are
connected to an external command (like a pane). These are created with new
command display-popup.
* Change double and triple click bindings so that only one is fired (previously
double click was fired on the way to triple click). Also add default double
and triple click bindings to copy the word or line under the cursor and
change the existing bindings in copy mode to do the same.
* Add a default binding for button 2 to paste.
* Add -d flag to run-shell to delay before running the command and allow it to
run without a command so it just delays.
* Add C-g to cancel command prompt with vi keys as well as emacs, and q in
command mode.
* When the server socket is given with -S, create it with umask 177 instead of
117 (because it may not be in a safe directory like the default directory in
/tmp).
* Add a copy-mode -H flag to hide the position marker in the top right.
* Add number operators for formats (+, -, *, / and m),
2021-04-17 22:42:01 +03:00
|
|
|
else
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
$1[]_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --print-errors --cflags --libs "$2" 2>&1`
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
# Put the nasty error message in config.log where it belongs
|
|
|
|
echo "$$1[]_PKG_ERRORS" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
m4_default([$4], [AC_MSG_ERROR(
|
|
|
|
[Package requirements ($2) were not met:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$$1_PKG_ERRORS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consider adjusting the PKG_CONFIG_PATH environment variable if you
|
|
|
|
installed software in a non-standard prefix.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
_PKG_TEXT])[]dnl
|
|
|
|
])
|
|
|
|
elif test $pkg_failed = untried; then
|
CHANGES FROM 3.1c TO 3.2
* Add a flag to disable keys to close a message.
* Permit shortcut keys in buffer, client, tree modes to be configured with a
format (-K flag to choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree).
* Add a current_file format for the config file being parsed.
* When display-message used in config file, show the message after the config
file finishes.
* Add client-detached notification in control mode.
* Improve performance of format evaluation.
* Make jump command support UTF-8 in copy mode.
* Support X11 colour names and other colour formats for OSC 10 and 11.
* Add "pipe" variants of "copy-pipe" commands which do not copy.
* Include "focused" in client flags.
* Send Unicode directional isolate characters around horizontal pane borders if
the terminal supports UTF-8 and an extension terminfo(5) capability "Bidi" is
present.
* Add a -S flag to new-window to make it select the existing window if one
with the given name already exists rather than failing with an error.
* Addd a format modifier to check if a window or session name exists (N/w or
N/s).
* Add compat clock_gettime for older macOS.
* Add a no-detached choice to detach-on-destroy which detaches only if there
are no other detached sessions to switch to.
* Add rectangle-on and rectangle-off copy mode commands.
* Change so that window_flags escapes # automatically. A new format
window_raw_flags contains the old unescaped version.
* Add -N flag to never start server even if command would normally do so.
* With incremental search, start empty and only repeat the previous search if
the user tries to search again with an empty prompt.
* Add a value for remain-on-exit that only keeps the pane if the program
failed.
* Add a -C flag to run-shell to use a tmux command rather than a shell command.
* Do not list user options with show-hooks.
* Remove current match indicator in copy mode which can't work anymore since we
only search the visible region.
* Make synchronize-panes a pane option and add -U flag to set-option to unset
an option on all panes.
* Make replacement of ##s consistent when drawing formats, whether followed by
[ or not. Add a flag (e) to the q: format modifier to double up #s
* Add -N flag to display-panes to ignore keys.
* Change how escaping is processed for formats so that ## and # can be used in
styles.
* Add a 'w' format modifier for string width.
* Add support for Haiku.
* Expand menu and popup -x and -y as formats.
* Add numeric comparisons for formats.
* Fire focus events even when the pane is in a mode.
* Add -O flag to display-menu to not automatically close when all mouse buttons
are released.
* Allow fnmatch(3) wildcards in update-environment.
* Disable nested job expansion so that the result of #() is not expanded again.
* Use the setal capability as well as (tmux's) Setulc.
* Add -q flag to unbind-key to hide errors.
* Allow -N without a command to change or add a note to an existing key.
* Add a -w flag to set- and load-buffer to send to clipboard using OSC 52.
* Add -F to set-environment and source-file.
* Allow colour to be spelt as color in various places.
* Add n: modifier to get length of a format.
* Respond to OSC colour requests if a colour is available.
* Add a -d option to display-message to set delay.
* Add a way for control mode clients to subscribe to a format and be notified
of changes rather than having to poll.
* Add some formats for search in copy mode (search_present, search_match).
* Do not wait on shutdown for commands started with run -b.
* Add -b flags to insert a window before (like the existing -a for after) to
break-pane, move-window, new-window.
* Make paste -p the default for ].
* Add support for pausing a pane when the output buffered for a control mode
client gets too far behind. The pause-after flag with a time is set on the
pane with refresh-client -f and a paused pane may be resumed with
refresh-client -A.
* Allow strings in configuration files to span multiple lines - newlines and
any leading whitespace are removed, as well as any following comments that
couldn't be part of a format. This allows long formats or other strings to be
annotated and indented.
* Instead of using a custom parse function to process {} in configuration
files, treat as a set of statements the same as outside {} and convert back
to a string as the last step. This means the rules are consistent inside and
outside {}, %if and friends work at the right time, and the final result
isn't littered with unnecessary newlines.
* Add support for extended keys - both xterm(1)'s CSI 27 ~ sequence and the
libtickit CSI u sequence are accepted; only the latter is output. tmux will
only attempt to use these if the extended-keys option is on and it can detect
that the terminal outside supports them (or is told it does with the
"extkeys" terminal feature).
* Add an option to set the pane border lines style from a choice of single
lines (ACS or UTF-8), double or heavy (UTF-8), simple (plain ASCII) or number
(the pane numbers). Lines that won't work on a non-UTF-8 terminal are
translated back into ACS when they are output.
* Make focus events update the latest client (like a key press).
* Store UTF-8 characters differently to reduce memory use.
* Fix break-pane -n when only one pane in the window.
* Instead of sending all data to control mode clients as fast as possible, add
a limit of how much data will be sent to the client and try to use it for
panes with some degree of fairness.
* Add an active-pane client flag (set with attach-session -f, new-session -f
or refresh-client -f). This allows a client to have an independent active
pane for interactive use (the window client pane is still used for many
things however).
* Add a mark to copy mode, this is set with the set-mark command (bound to X)
and appears with the entire line shown using copy-mode-mark-style and the
marked character in reverse. The jump-to-mark command (bound to M-x) swaps
the mark and the cursor positions.
* Add a -D flag to make the tmux server run in the foreground and not as a
daemon.
* Do not loop forever in copy mode when search finds an empty match.
* Fix the next-matching-bracket logic when using vi(1) keys.
* Add a customize mode where options may be browsed and changed, includes
adding a brief description of each option. Bound to C-b C by default.
* Change message log (C-b ~) so there is one for the server rather than one per
client and it remains after detach, and make it useful by logging every
command.
* Add M-+ and M-- to tree mode to expand and collapse all.
* Change the existing client flags for control mode to apply for any client,
use the same mechanism for the read-only flag and add an ignore-size flag.
refresh-client -F has become -f (-F stays for backwards compatibility) and
attach-session and switch-client now have -f flags also. A new format
client_flags lists the flags and is shown by list-clients by default.
This separates the read-only flag from "ignore size" behaviour (new
ignore-size) flag - both behaviours are useful in different circumstances.
attach -r and switchc -r remain and set or toggle both flags together.
* Store and restore cursor position when copy mode is resized.
* Export TERM_PROGRAM and TERM_PROGRAM_VERSION like various other terminals.
* Add formats for after hook command arguments: hook_arguments with all the
arguments together; hook_argument_0, hook_argument_1 and so on with
individual arguments; hook_flag_X if flag -X is present; hook_flag_X_0,
hook_flag_X_1 and so on if -X appears multiple times.
* Try to search the entire history first for up to 200 ms so a search count can
be shown. If it takes too long, search the visible text only.
* Use VIS_CSTYLE for paste buffers also (show \012 as \n).
* Change default formats for tree mode, client mode and buffer mode to be more
compact and remove some clutter.
* Add a key (e) in buffer mode to open the buffer in an editor. The buffer
contents is updated when the editor exits.
* Add -e flag for new-session to set environment variables, like the same flag
for new-window.
* Improve search match marking in copy mode. Two new options
copy-mode-match-style and copy-mode-current-match-style to set the style for
matches and for the current match respectively. Also a change so that if a
copy key is pressed with no selection, the current match (if any) is copied.
* Sanitize session names like window names instead of forbidding invalid ones.
* Check if the clear terminfo(5) capability starts with CSI and if so then
assume the terminal is VT100-like, rather than relying on the XT capability.
* Improve command prompt tab completion and add menus both for strings and -t
and -s (when used without a trailing space). command-prompt has additional
flags for only completing a window (-W) and a target (-T), allowing C-b ' to
only show windows and C-b . only targets.
* Change all the style options to string options so they can support formats.
Change pane-border-active-style to use this to change the border colour when
in a mode or with synchronize-panes on. This also implies a few minor changes
to existing behaviour:
- set-option -a with a style option automatically inserts a comma between the
old value and appended text.
- OSC 10 and 11 no longer set the window-style option, instead they store the
colour internally in the pane data and it is used as the default when the
option is evaluated.
- status-fg and -bg now override status-style instead of the option values
being changed.
* Add extension terminfo(5) capabilities for margins and focus reporting.
* Try $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/tmux/tmux.conf as well as ~/.config/tmux/tmux.conf for
configuration file (the search paths are in TMUX_CONF in Makefile.am).
* Remove the DSR 1337 iTerm2 extension and replace by the extended device
attributes sequence (CSI > q) supported by more terminals.
* Add a -s flag to copy-mode to specify a different pane for the source
content. This means it is possible to view two places in a pane's history at
the same time in different panes, or view the history while still using the
pane. Pressing r refreshes the content from the source pane.
* Add an argument to list-commands to show only a single command.
* Change copy mode to make copy of the pane history so it does not need to
freeze the pane.
* Restore pane_current_path format from portable tmux on OpenBSD.
* Wait until the initial command sequence is done before sending a device
attributes request and other bits that prompt a reply from the terminal. This
means that stray relies are not left on the terminal if the command has
attached and then immediately detached and tmux will not be around to receive
them.
* Add a -f filter argument to the list commands like choose-tree.
* Move specific hooks for panes to pane options and windows for window options
rather than all hooks being session options. These hooks are now window
options:
window-layout-changed
window-linked
window-pane-changed
window-renamed
window-unlinked
And these now pane options:
pane-died
pane-exited
pane-focus-in
pane-focus-out
pane-mode-changed
pane-set-clipboard
Any existing configurations using these hooks on a session rather than
globally (that is, set-hook or set-option without -g) may need to be changed.
* Show signal names when a process exits with remain-on-exit on platforms which
have a way to get them.
* Start menu with top item selected if no mouse and use mode-style for the
selected item.
* Add a copy-command option and change copy-pipe and friends to pipe to it if
used without arguments, allows all the default copy key bindings to be
changed to pipe with one option rather than needing to change each key
binding individually.
* Tidy up the terminal detection and feature code and add named sets of
terminal features, each of which are defined in one place and map to a
builtin set of terminfo(5) capabilities. Features can be specified based on
TERM with a new terminal-features option or with the -T flag when running
tmux. tmux will also detect a few common terminals from the DA and DSR
responses.
This is intended to make it easier to configure tmux's use of terminfo(5)
even in the presence of outdated ncurses(3) or terminfo(5) databases or for
features which do not yet have a terminfo(5) entry. Instead of having to grok
terminfo(5) capability names and what they should be set to in the
terminal-overrides option, the user can hopefully just give tmux a feature
name and let it do the right thing.
The terminal-overrides option remains both for backwards compatibility and to
allow tweaks of individual capabilities.
* Support mintty's application escape sequence (means tmux doesn't have to
delay to wait for Escape, so no need to reduce escape-time when using
mintty).
* Change so main-pane-width and height can be given as a percentage.
* Support for the iTerm2 synchronized updates feature (allows the terminal to
avoid unnecessary drawing while output is still in progress).
* Make the mouse_word and mouse_line formats work in copy mode and enable the
default pane menu in copy mode.
* Add a -T flag to resize-pane to trim lines below the cursor, moving lines out
of the history.
* Add a way to mark environment variables as "hidden" so they can be used by
tmux (for example in formats) but are not set in the environment for new
panes. set-environment and show-environment have a new -h flag and there is a
new %hidden statement for the configuration file.
* Change default position for display-menu -x and -y to centre rather than top
left.
* Add support for per-client transient popups, similar to menus but which are
connected to an external command (like a pane). These are created with new
command display-popup.
* Change double and triple click bindings so that only one is fired (previously
double click was fired on the way to triple click). Also add default double
and triple click bindings to copy the word or line under the cursor and
change the existing bindings in copy mode to do the same.
* Add a default binding for button 2 to paste.
* Add -d flag to run-shell to delay before running the command and allow it to
run without a command so it just delays.
* Add C-g to cancel command prompt with vi keys as well as emacs, and q in
command mode.
* When the server socket is given with -S, create it with umask 177 instead of
117 (because it may not be in a safe directory like the default directory in
/tmp).
* Add a copy-mode -H flag to hide the position marker in the top right.
* Add number operators for formats (+, -, *, / and m),
2021-04-17 22:42:01 +03:00
|
|
|
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
m4_default([$4], [AC_MSG_FAILURE(
|
|
|
|
[The pkg-config script could not be found or is too old. Make sure it
|
|
|
|
is in your PATH or set the PKG_CONFIG environment variable to the full
|
|
|
|
path to pkg-config.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
_PKG_TEXT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To get pkg-config, see <http://pkg-config.freedesktop.org/>.])[]dnl
|
|
|
|
])
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
$1[]_CFLAGS=$pkg_cv_[]$1[]_CFLAGS
|
|
|
|
$1[]_LIBS=$pkg_cv_[]$1[]_LIBS
|
|
|
|
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
|
|
|
|
$3
|
|
|
|
fi[]dnl
|
CHANGES FROM 2.9 to 2.9a
* Fix bugs in select-pane and the main-horizontal and main-vertical layouts.
CHANGES FROM 2.8 to 2.9
* Attempt to preserve horizontal cursor position as well as vertical with
reflow.
* Rewrite main-vertical and horizontal and change layouts to better handle the
case where all panes won't fit into the window size, reduce problems with
pane border status lines and fix other bugs mostly found by Thomas Sattler.
* Add format variables for the default formats in the various modes
(tree_mode_format and so on) and add a -a flag to display-message to list
variables with values.
* Add a -v flag to display-message to show verbose messages as the format is
parsed, this allows formats to be debugged
* Add support for HPA (\033[`).
* Add support for origin mode (\033[?6h).
* No longer clear history on RIS.
* Extend the #[] style syntax and use that together with previous format
changes to allow the status line to be entirely configured with a single
option.
Now that it is possible to configure their content, enable the existing code
that lets the status line be multiple lines in height. The status option can
now take a value of 2, 3, 4 or 5 (as well as the previous on or off) to
configure more than one line. The new status-format array option configures
the format of each line, the default just references the existing status-*
options, although some of the more obscure status options may be eliminated
in time.
Additions to the #[] syntax are: "align" to specify alignment (left, centre,
right), "list" for the window list and "range" to configure ranges of text
for the mouse bindings.
The "align" keyword can also be used to specify alignment of entries in tree
mode and the pane status lines.
* Add E: and T: format modifiers to expand a format twice (useful to expand the
value of an option).
* The individual -fg, -bg and -attr options have been removed; they
were superseded by -style options in tmux 1.9.
* Allow more than one mode to be opened in a pane. Modes are kept on a stack
and retrieved if the same mode is entered again. Exiting the active mode goes
back to the previous one.
* When showing command output in copy mode, call it view mode instead (affects
pane_mode format).
* Add -b to display-panes like run-shell.
* Handle UTF-8 in word-separators option.
* New "terminal" colour allowing options to use the terminal default colour
rather than inheriting the default from a parent option.
* Do not move the cursor in copy mode when the mouse wheel is used.
* Use the same working directory rules for jobs as new windows rather than
always starting in the user's home.
* Allow panes to be one line or column in size.
* Go to last line when goto-line number is out of range in copy mode.
* Yank previously cut text if any with C-y in the command prompt, only use the
buffer if no text has been cut.
* Add q: format modifier to quote shell special characters.
* Add StatusLeft and StatusRight mouse locations (keys such as
MouseDown1StatusLeft) for the status-left and status-right areas of the
status line.
* Add -Z to find-window.
* Support for windows larger than the client. This adds two new options,
window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The
force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height
formats have been removed.
The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows:
largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest
session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not
automatically resize windows. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of
session for largest and smallest as it did before.
If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part
of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part
of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay,
to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or
similar that are not currently visible).
Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those
which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid
using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or
manual).
The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is
used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window
(undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way
to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a
sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if
window-size was smallest) and -A the largest.
For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x
or -y.
If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is
used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the
default-size option for the new session.
The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to
complain and higher memory use if making a window that big. The minimum size
is the size required for the current layout including borders.
The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R
moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor
tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2019-11-12 22:18:21 +03:00
|
|
|
])dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES
|
|
|
|
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
|
CHANGES FROM 2.9 to 2.9a
* Fix bugs in select-pane and the main-horizontal and main-vertical layouts.
CHANGES FROM 2.8 to 2.9
* Attempt to preserve horizontal cursor position as well as vertical with
reflow.
* Rewrite main-vertical and horizontal and change layouts to better handle the
case where all panes won't fit into the window size, reduce problems with
pane border status lines and fix other bugs mostly found by Thomas Sattler.
* Add format variables for the default formats in the various modes
(tree_mode_format and so on) and add a -a flag to display-message to list
variables with values.
* Add a -v flag to display-message to show verbose messages as the format is
parsed, this allows formats to be debugged
* Add support for HPA (\033[`).
* Add support for origin mode (\033[?6h).
* No longer clear history on RIS.
* Extend the #[] style syntax and use that together with previous format
changes to allow the status line to be entirely configured with a single
option.
Now that it is possible to configure their content, enable the existing code
that lets the status line be multiple lines in height. The status option can
now take a value of 2, 3, 4 or 5 (as well as the previous on or off) to
configure more than one line. The new status-format array option configures
the format of each line, the default just references the existing status-*
options, although some of the more obscure status options may be eliminated
in time.
Additions to the #[] syntax are: "align" to specify alignment (left, centre,
right), "list" for the window list and "range" to configure ranges of text
for the mouse bindings.
The "align" keyword can also be used to specify alignment of entries in tree
mode and the pane status lines.
* Add E: and T: format modifiers to expand a format twice (useful to expand the
value of an option).
* The individual -fg, -bg and -attr options have been removed; they
were superseded by -style options in tmux 1.9.
* Allow more than one mode to be opened in a pane. Modes are kept on a stack
and retrieved if the same mode is entered again. Exiting the active mode goes
back to the previous one.
* When showing command output in copy mode, call it view mode instead (affects
pane_mode format).
* Add -b to display-panes like run-shell.
* Handle UTF-8 in word-separators option.
* New "terminal" colour allowing options to use the terminal default colour
rather than inheriting the default from a parent option.
* Do not move the cursor in copy mode when the mouse wheel is used.
* Use the same working directory rules for jobs as new windows rather than
always starting in the user's home.
* Allow panes to be one line or column in size.
* Go to last line when goto-line number is out of range in copy mode.
* Yank previously cut text if any with C-y in the command prompt, only use the
buffer if no text has been cut.
* Add q: format modifier to quote shell special characters.
* Add StatusLeft and StatusRight mouse locations (keys such as
MouseDown1StatusLeft) for the status-left and status-right areas of the
status line.
* Add -Z to find-window.
* Support for windows larger than the client. This adds two new options,
window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The
force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height
formats have been removed.
The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows:
largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest
session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not
automatically resize windows. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of
session for largest and smallest as it did before.
If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part
of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part
of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay,
to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or
similar that are not currently visible).
Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those
which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid
using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or
manual).
The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is
used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window
(undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way
to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a
sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if
window-size was smallest) and -A the largest.
For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x
or -y.
If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is
used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the
default-size option for the new session.
The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to
complain and higher memory use if making a window that big. The minimum size
is the size required for the current layout including borders.
The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R
moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor
tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2019-11-12 22:18:21 +03:00
|
|
|
dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES_STATIC(VARIABLE-PREFIX, MODULES, [ACTION-IF-FOUND],
|
|
|
|
dnl [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND])
|
|
|
|
dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
dnl Since: 0.29
|
|
|
|
dnl
|
|
|
|
dnl Checks for existence of MODULES and gathers its build flags with
|
|
|
|
dnl static libraries enabled. Sets VARIABLE-PREFIX_CFLAGS from --cflags
|
|
|
|
dnl and VARIABLE-PREFIX_LIBS from --libs.
|
|
|
|
dnl
|
|
|
|
dnl Note that if there is a possibility the first call to
|
|
|
|
dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES_STATIC might not happen, you should be sure to
|
|
|
|
dnl include an explicit call to PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG in your
|
|
|
|
dnl configure.ac.
|
|
|
|
AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_MODULES_STATIC],
|
|
|
|
[AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl
|
|
|
|
_save_PKG_CONFIG=$PKG_CONFIG
|
|
|
|
PKG_CONFIG="$PKG_CONFIG --static"
|
|
|
|
PKG_CHECK_MODULES($@)
|
|
|
|
PKG_CONFIG=$_save_PKG_CONFIG[]dnl
|
|
|
|
])dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES_STATIC
|
CHANGES FROM 2.5 TO 2.6, 05 October 2017
* Add select-pane -T to set pane title.
* Fix memory leak when lines with BCE are removed from history.
* Fix (again) the "prefer unattached" behaviour of attach-session.
* Reorder how keys are checked to allow keys to be specified that have a
leading escape. GitHub issue 1048.
* Support REP escape sequence (\033[b).
* Run alert hooks based on options rather than always, and allow further bells
even if there is an existing bell.
* Add -d flag to display-panes to override display-panes-time.
* Add selection_present format when in copy mode (allows key bindings that do
something different if there is a selection).
* Add pane_at_left, pane_at_right, pane_at_top and pane_at_bottom formats.
* Make bell, activity and silence alerting more consistent by: removing the
bell-on-alert option; adding activity-action and silence-action options with
the same possible values as the existing bell-action; adding a "both" value
for the visual-bell, visual-activity and visual-silence options to trigger
both a bell and a message.
* Add a pane_pipe format to show if pipe-pane is active.
* Block signals between forking and resetting signal handlers so that the
libevent signal handler doesn't get called in the child and incorrectly write
into the signal pipe that it still shares with the parent. GitHub issue 1001.
* Allow punctuation in pane_current_command.
* Add -c for respawn-pane and respawn-window.
* Wait for any remaining data to flush when a pane is closed while pipe-pane is
in use.
* Fix working out current client with no target. GitHub issue 995.
* Try to fallback to C.UTF-8 as well as en_US.UTF-8 when looking for a UTF-8
locale.
* Add user-keys option for user-defined key escape sequences (mapped to User0
to User999 keys).
* Add pane-set-clipboard hook.
* FAQ file has moved out of repository to online.
* Fix problem with high CPU usage when a client dies unexpectedly. GitHub issue
941.
* Do a dance on OS X 10.10 and above to return tmux to the user namespace,
allowing access to the clipboard.
* Do not allow escape sequences which expect a specific terminator (APC, DSC,
OSC) to wait for forever - use a small timeout. This reduces the chance of
the pane locking up completely when sent garbage (cat /dev/random or
similar).
* Support SIGUSR2 to toggle logging on a running server, also generate the
"out" log file with -vv not -vvvv.
* Make set-clipboard a three state option: on (tmux both sends to outside
terminal and accepts from applications inside); external (tmux sends outside
but does not accept inside); and off.
* Fix OSC 4 palette setting for bright foreground colours. GitHub issue 954.
* Use setrgbf and setrgbb terminfo(5) capabilities to set RGB colours, if they
are available. (Tc is still supported as well.)
* Fix redrawing panes when they are resized several times but end up with the
size unchanged (for example, splitw/resizep -Z/breakp).
* Major rewrite of choose mode. Now includes preview, sorting, searching and
tagging; commands that can be executed directly from the mode (for example,
to delete one or more buffers); and filtering in tree mode.
* choose-window and choose-session are now aliases of choose-tree (in the
command-alias option).
* Support OSC 10 and OSC 11 to set foreground and background colours.
* Check the U8 capability to determine whether to use UTF-8 line drawing
characters for ACS.
* Some missing notifications for layout changes.
* Control mode clients now do not affect session sizes until they issue
refresh-client -C. new-session -x and -y works with control clients even if
the session is not detached.
* All new sessions that are unattached (whether with -d or started with no
terminal) are now created with size 80 x 24. Whether the status line is on or
off does not affect the size of new sessions until they are attached.
* Expand formats in option names and add -F flag to expand them in option values.
* Remember the search string for a pane even if copy mode is exited and entered
again.
* Some further BCE fixes (scroll up, reverse index).
* Improvements to how terminals are cleared (entirely or partially).
CHANGES FROM 2.4 TO 2.5, 09 May 2017
* Reset updated flag when restarting #() command so that new output is properly
recognised. GitHub issue 922.
* Fix ECH with a background colour.
* Do not rely on the terminal not moving the cursor after DL or EL.
* Fix send-keys and send-prefix in copy-mode (so C-b C-b works). GitHub issue
905.
* Set the current pane for rotate-window so it works in command sequences.
* Add pane_mode format.
* Differentiate M-Up from Escape+Up when possible (that is, in terminals with
xterm(1) style function keys). GitHub issue 907.
* Add session_stack and window_stack_index formats.
* Some new control mode notifications and corresponding hooks:
pane-mode-changed, window-pane-changed, client-session-changed,
session-window-changed.
* Format pane_search_string for last search term while in copy mode (useful
with command-prompt -I).
* Fix a problem with high CPU usage and multiple clients with #(). GitHub issue
889.
* Fix UTF-8 combining characters in column 0.
* Fix reference counting so that panes are properly destroyed and their
processes killed.
* Clamp SU (CSI S) parameter to work around a bug in Konsole.
* Tweak line wrapping in full width panes to play more nicely with terminal
copy and paste.
* Fix when we emit SGR 0 in capture-pane -e.
* Do not change TERM until after config file parsing has finished, so that
commands run inside the config file can use it to make decisions (typically
about default-terminal).
* Make the initial client wait until config file parsing has finished to avoid
racing with commands.
* Fix core when if-shell fails.
* Only use ED to clear screen if the pane is at the bottom.
* Fix multibyte UTF-8 output.
* Code improvements around target (-t) resolution.
* Change how the default target (for commands without -t) is managed across
command sequences: now it is set up at the start and commands are required
to update it if needed. Fixes binding command sequences to mouse keys.
* Make if-shell from the config file work correctly.
* Change to always check the root key table if no binding is found in the
current table (prefix table or copy-mode table or whatever). This means that
root key bindings will take effect even in copy mode, if not overridden by a
copy mode key binding.
* Fix so that the history file works again.
* Run config file without a client rather than using the first client, restores
previous behaviour.
* If a #() command doesn't exit, continue to read from it and use its last full
line of output.
* Handle slow terminals and fast output better: when the amount of data
outstanding gets too large, discard output until it is drained and we are
able to do a full redraw. Prevents tmux sitting on a huge buffer that the
terminal will take forever to consume.
* Do not redraw a client unless we realistically think it can accept the data -
defer redraws until the client has nothing else waiting to write.
2017-10-13 00:59:47 +03:00
|
|
|
|
CHANGES FROM 2.9 to 2.9a
* Fix bugs in select-pane and the main-horizontal and main-vertical layouts.
CHANGES FROM 2.8 to 2.9
* Attempt to preserve horizontal cursor position as well as vertical with
reflow.
* Rewrite main-vertical and horizontal and change layouts to better handle the
case where all panes won't fit into the window size, reduce problems with
pane border status lines and fix other bugs mostly found by Thomas Sattler.
* Add format variables for the default formats in the various modes
(tree_mode_format and so on) and add a -a flag to display-message to list
variables with values.
* Add a -v flag to display-message to show verbose messages as the format is
parsed, this allows formats to be debugged
* Add support for HPA (\033[`).
* Add support for origin mode (\033[?6h).
* No longer clear history on RIS.
* Extend the #[] style syntax and use that together with previous format
changes to allow the status line to be entirely configured with a single
option.
Now that it is possible to configure their content, enable the existing code
that lets the status line be multiple lines in height. The status option can
now take a value of 2, 3, 4 or 5 (as well as the previous on or off) to
configure more than one line. The new status-format array option configures
the format of each line, the default just references the existing status-*
options, although some of the more obscure status options may be eliminated
in time.
Additions to the #[] syntax are: "align" to specify alignment (left, centre,
right), "list" for the window list and "range" to configure ranges of text
for the mouse bindings.
The "align" keyword can also be used to specify alignment of entries in tree
mode and the pane status lines.
* Add E: and T: format modifiers to expand a format twice (useful to expand the
value of an option).
* The individual -fg, -bg and -attr options have been removed; they
were superseded by -style options in tmux 1.9.
* Allow more than one mode to be opened in a pane. Modes are kept on a stack
and retrieved if the same mode is entered again. Exiting the active mode goes
back to the previous one.
* When showing command output in copy mode, call it view mode instead (affects
pane_mode format).
* Add -b to display-panes like run-shell.
* Handle UTF-8 in word-separators option.
* New "terminal" colour allowing options to use the terminal default colour
rather than inheriting the default from a parent option.
* Do not move the cursor in copy mode when the mouse wheel is used.
* Use the same working directory rules for jobs as new windows rather than
always starting in the user's home.
* Allow panes to be one line or column in size.
* Go to last line when goto-line number is out of range in copy mode.
* Yank previously cut text if any with C-y in the command prompt, only use the
buffer if no text has been cut.
* Add q: format modifier to quote shell special characters.
* Add StatusLeft and StatusRight mouse locations (keys such as
MouseDown1StatusLeft) for the status-left and status-right areas of the
status line.
* Add -Z to find-window.
* Support for windows larger than the client. This adds two new options,
window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The
force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height
formats have been removed.
The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows:
largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest
session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not
automatically resize windows. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of
session for largest and smallest as it did before.
If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part
of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part
of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay,
to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or
similar that are not currently visible).
Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those
which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid
using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or
manual).
The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is
used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window
(undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way
to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a
sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if
window-size was smallest) and -A the largest.
For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x
or -y.
If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is
used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the
default-size option for the new session.
The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to
complain and higher memory use if making a window that big. The minimum size
is the size required for the current layout including borders.
The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R
moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor
tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2019-11-12 22:18:21 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dnl PKG_INSTALLDIR([DIRECTORY])
|
|
|
|
dnl -------------------------
|
|
|
|
dnl Since: 0.27
|
|
|
|
dnl
|
|
|
|
dnl Substitutes the variable pkgconfigdir as the location where a module
|
|
|
|
dnl should install pkg-config .pc files. By default the directory is
|
|
|
|
dnl $libdir/pkgconfig, but the default can be changed by passing
|
|
|
|
dnl DIRECTORY. The user can override through the --with-pkgconfigdir
|
|
|
|
dnl parameter.
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
AC_DEFUN([PKG_INSTALLDIR],
|
|
|
|
[m4_pushdef([pkg_default], [m4_default([$1], ['${libdir}/pkgconfig'])])
|
|
|
|
m4_pushdef([pkg_description],
|
|
|
|
[pkg-config installation directory @<:@]pkg_default[@:>@])
|
|
|
|
AC_ARG_WITH([pkgconfigdir],
|
|
|
|
[AS_HELP_STRING([--with-pkgconfigdir], pkg_description)],,
|
|
|
|
[with_pkgconfigdir=]pkg_default)
|
|
|
|
AC_SUBST([pkgconfigdir], [$with_pkgconfigdir])
|
|
|
|
m4_popdef([pkg_default])
|
|
|
|
m4_popdef([pkg_description])
|
CHANGES FROM 2.9 to 2.9a
* Fix bugs in select-pane and the main-horizontal and main-vertical layouts.
CHANGES FROM 2.8 to 2.9
* Attempt to preserve horizontal cursor position as well as vertical with
reflow.
* Rewrite main-vertical and horizontal and change layouts to better handle the
case where all panes won't fit into the window size, reduce problems with
pane border status lines and fix other bugs mostly found by Thomas Sattler.
* Add format variables for the default formats in the various modes
(tree_mode_format and so on) and add a -a flag to display-message to list
variables with values.
* Add a -v flag to display-message to show verbose messages as the format is
parsed, this allows formats to be debugged
* Add support for HPA (\033[`).
* Add support for origin mode (\033[?6h).
* No longer clear history on RIS.
* Extend the #[] style syntax and use that together with previous format
changes to allow the status line to be entirely configured with a single
option.
Now that it is possible to configure their content, enable the existing code
that lets the status line be multiple lines in height. The status option can
now take a value of 2, 3, 4 or 5 (as well as the previous on or off) to
configure more than one line. The new status-format array option configures
the format of each line, the default just references the existing status-*
options, although some of the more obscure status options may be eliminated
in time.
Additions to the #[] syntax are: "align" to specify alignment (left, centre,
right), "list" for the window list and "range" to configure ranges of text
for the mouse bindings.
The "align" keyword can also be used to specify alignment of entries in tree
mode and the pane status lines.
* Add E: and T: format modifiers to expand a format twice (useful to expand the
value of an option).
* The individual -fg, -bg and -attr options have been removed; they
were superseded by -style options in tmux 1.9.
* Allow more than one mode to be opened in a pane. Modes are kept on a stack
and retrieved if the same mode is entered again. Exiting the active mode goes
back to the previous one.
* When showing command output in copy mode, call it view mode instead (affects
pane_mode format).
* Add -b to display-panes like run-shell.
* Handle UTF-8 in word-separators option.
* New "terminal" colour allowing options to use the terminal default colour
rather than inheriting the default from a parent option.
* Do not move the cursor in copy mode when the mouse wheel is used.
* Use the same working directory rules for jobs as new windows rather than
always starting in the user's home.
* Allow panes to be one line or column in size.
* Go to last line when goto-line number is out of range in copy mode.
* Yank previously cut text if any with C-y in the command prompt, only use the
buffer if no text has been cut.
* Add q: format modifier to quote shell special characters.
* Add StatusLeft and StatusRight mouse locations (keys such as
MouseDown1StatusLeft) for the status-left and status-right areas of the
status line.
* Add -Z to find-window.
* Support for windows larger than the client. This adds two new options,
window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The
force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height
formats have been removed.
The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows:
largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest
session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not
automatically resize windows. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of
session for largest and smallest as it did before.
If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part
of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part
of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay,
to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or
similar that are not currently visible).
Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those
which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid
using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or
manual).
The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is
used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window
(undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way
to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a
sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if
window-size was smallest) and -A the largest.
For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x
or -y.
If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is
used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the
default-size option for the new session.
The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to
complain and higher memory use if making a window that big. The minimum size
is the size required for the current layout including borders.
The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R
moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor
tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2019-11-12 22:18:21 +03:00
|
|
|
])dnl PKG_INSTALLDIR
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHANGES FROM 2.9 to 2.9a
* Fix bugs in select-pane and the main-horizontal and main-vertical layouts.
CHANGES FROM 2.8 to 2.9
* Attempt to preserve horizontal cursor position as well as vertical with
reflow.
* Rewrite main-vertical and horizontal and change layouts to better handle the
case where all panes won't fit into the window size, reduce problems with
pane border status lines and fix other bugs mostly found by Thomas Sattler.
* Add format variables for the default formats in the various modes
(tree_mode_format and so on) and add a -a flag to display-message to list
variables with values.
* Add a -v flag to display-message to show verbose messages as the format is
parsed, this allows formats to be debugged
* Add support for HPA (\033[`).
* Add support for origin mode (\033[?6h).
* No longer clear history on RIS.
* Extend the #[] style syntax and use that together with previous format
changes to allow the status line to be entirely configured with a single
option.
Now that it is possible to configure their content, enable the existing code
that lets the status line be multiple lines in height. The status option can
now take a value of 2, 3, 4 or 5 (as well as the previous on or off) to
configure more than one line. The new status-format array option configures
the format of each line, the default just references the existing status-*
options, although some of the more obscure status options may be eliminated
in time.
Additions to the #[] syntax are: "align" to specify alignment (left, centre,
right), "list" for the window list and "range" to configure ranges of text
for the mouse bindings.
The "align" keyword can also be used to specify alignment of entries in tree
mode and the pane status lines.
* Add E: and T: format modifiers to expand a format twice (useful to expand the
value of an option).
* The individual -fg, -bg and -attr options have been removed; they
were superseded by -style options in tmux 1.9.
* Allow more than one mode to be opened in a pane. Modes are kept on a stack
and retrieved if the same mode is entered again. Exiting the active mode goes
back to the previous one.
* When showing command output in copy mode, call it view mode instead (affects
pane_mode format).
* Add -b to display-panes like run-shell.
* Handle UTF-8 in word-separators option.
* New "terminal" colour allowing options to use the terminal default colour
rather than inheriting the default from a parent option.
* Do not move the cursor in copy mode when the mouse wheel is used.
* Use the same working directory rules for jobs as new windows rather than
always starting in the user's home.
* Allow panes to be one line or column in size.
* Go to last line when goto-line number is out of range in copy mode.
* Yank previously cut text if any with C-y in the command prompt, only use the
buffer if no text has been cut.
* Add q: format modifier to quote shell special characters.
* Add StatusLeft and StatusRight mouse locations (keys such as
MouseDown1StatusLeft) for the status-left and status-right areas of the
status line.
* Add -Z to find-window.
* Support for windows larger than the client. This adds two new options,
window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The
force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height
formats have been removed.
The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows:
largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest
session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not
automatically resize windows. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of
session for largest and smallest as it did before.
If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part
of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part
of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay,
to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or
similar that are not currently visible).
Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those
which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid
using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or
manual).
The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is
used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window
(undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way
to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a
sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if
window-size was smallest) and -A the largest.
For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x
or -y.
If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is
used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the
default-size option for the new session.
The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to
complain and higher memory use if making a window that big. The minimum size
is the size required for the current layout including borders.
The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R
moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor
tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2019-11-12 22:18:21 +03:00
|
|
|
dnl PKG_NOARCH_INSTALLDIR([DIRECTORY])
|
|
|
|
dnl --------------------------------
|
|
|
|
dnl Since: 0.27
|
|
|
|
dnl
|
|
|
|
dnl Substitutes the variable noarch_pkgconfigdir as the location where a
|
|
|
|
dnl module should install arch-independent pkg-config .pc files. By
|
|
|
|
dnl default the directory is $datadir/pkgconfig, but the default can be
|
|
|
|
dnl changed by passing DIRECTORY. The user can override through the
|
|
|
|
dnl --with-noarch-pkgconfigdir parameter.
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
AC_DEFUN([PKG_NOARCH_INSTALLDIR],
|
|
|
|
[m4_pushdef([pkg_default], [m4_default([$1], ['${datadir}/pkgconfig'])])
|
|
|
|
m4_pushdef([pkg_description],
|
|
|
|
[pkg-config arch-independent installation directory @<:@]pkg_default[@:>@])
|
|
|
|
AC_ARG_WITH([noarch-pkgconfigdir],
|
|
|
|
[AS_HELP_STRING([--with-noarch-pkgconfigdir], pkg_description)],,
|
|
|
|
[with_noarch_pkgconfigdir=]pkg_default)
|
|
|
|
AC_SUBST([noarch_pkgconfigdir], [$with_noarch_pkgconfigdir])
|
|
|
|
m4_popdef([pkg_default])
|
|
|
|
m4_popdef([pkg_description])
|
CHANGES FROM 2.9 to 2.9a
* Fix bugs in select-pane and the main-horizontal and main-vertical layouts.
CHANGES FROM 2.8 to 2.9
* Attempt to preserve horizontal cursor position as well as vertical with
reflow.
* Rewrite main-vertical and horizontal and change layouts to better handle the
case where all panes won't fit into the window size, reduce problems with
pane border status lines and fix other bugs mostly found by Thomas Sattler.
* Add format variables for the default formats in the various modes
(tree_mode_format and so on) and add a -a flag to display-message to list
variables with values.
* Add a -v flag to display-message to show verbose messages as the format is
parsed, this allows formats to be debugged
* Add support for HPA (\033[`).
* Add support for origin mode (\033[?6h).
* No longer clear history on RIS.
* Extend the #[] style syntax and use that together with previous format
changes to allow the status line to be entirely configured with a single
option.
Now that it is possible to configure their content, enable the existing code
that lets the status line be multiple lines in height. The status option can
now take a value of 2, 3, 4 or 5 (as well as the previous on or off) to
configure more than one line. The new status-format array option configures
the format of each line, the default just references the existing status-*
options, although some of the more obscure status options may be eliminated
in time.
Additions to the #[] syntax are: "align" to specify alignment (left, centre,
right), "list" for the window list and "range" to configure ranges of text
for the mouse bindings.
The "align" keyword can also be used to specify alignment of entries in tree
mode and the pane status lines.
* Add E: and T: format modifiers to expand a format twice (useful to expand the
value of an option).
* The individual -fg, -bg and -attr options have been removed; they
were superseded by -style options in tmux 1.9.
* Allow more than one mode to be opened in a pane. Modes are kept on a stack
and retrieved if the same mode is entered again. Exiting the active mode goes
back to the previous one.
* When showing command output in copy mode, call it view mode instead (affects
pane_mode format).
* Add -b to display-panes like run-shell.
* Handle UTF-8 in word-separators option.
* New "terminal" colour allowing options to use the terminal default colour
rather than inheriting the default from a parent option.
* Do not move the cursor in copy mode when the mouse wheel is used.
* Use the same working directory rules for jobs as new windows rather than
always starting in the user's home.
* Allow panes to be one line or column in size.
* Go to last line when goto-line number is out of range in copy mode.
* Yank previously cut text if any with C-y in the command prompt, only use the
buffer if no text has been cut.
* Add q: format modifier to quote shell special characters.
* Add StatusLeft and StatusRight mouse locations (keys such as
MouseDown1StatusLeft) for the status-left and status-right areas of the
status line.
* Add -Z to find-window.
* Support for windows larger than the client. This adds two new options,
window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The
force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height
formats have been removed.
The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows:
largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest
session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not
automatically resize windows. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of
session for largest and smallest as it did before.
If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part
of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part
of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay,
to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or
similar that are not currently visible).
Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those
which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid
using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or
manual).
The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is
used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window
(undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way
to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a
sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if
window-size was smallest) and -A the largest.
For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x
or -y.
If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is
used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the
default-size option for the new session.
The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to
complain and higher memory use if making a window that big. The minimum size
is the size required for the current layout including borders.
The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R
moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor
tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
2019-11-12 22:18:21 +03:00
|
|
|
])dnl PKG_NOARCH_INSTALLDIR
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dnl PKG_CHECK_VAR(VARIABLE, MODULE, CONFIG-VARIABLE,
|
|
|
|
dnl [ACTION-IF-FOUND], [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND])
|
|
|
|
dnl -------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
dnl Since: 0.28
|
|
|
|
dnl
|
|
|
|
dnl Retrieves the value of the pkg-config variable for the given module.
|
|
|
|
AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_VAR],
|
|
|
|
[AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl
|
|
|
|
AC_ARG_VAR([$1], [value of $3 for $2, overriding pkg-config])dnl
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
_PKG_CONFIG([$1], [variable="][$3]["], [$2])
|
|
|
|
AS_VAR_COPY([$1], [pkg_cv_][$1])
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AS_VAR_IF([$1], [""], [$5], [$4])dnl
|
|
|
|
])dnl PKG_CHECK_VAR
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
|
2019-01-06 00:32:48 +03:00
|
|
|
# Copyright (C) 2002-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
|
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
|
|
|
|
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
|
|
|
|
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION(VERSION)
|
|
|
|
# ----------------------------
|
|
|
|
# Automake X.Y traces this macro to ensure aclocal.m4 has been
|
|
|
|
# generated from the m4 files accompanying Automake X.Y.
|
|
|
|
# (This private macro should not be called outside this file.)
|
|
|
|
AC_DEFUN([AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION],
|
|
|
|
[am__api_version='1.15'
|
|
|
|
dnl Some users find AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and mistake it for a way to
|
|
|
|
dnl require some minimum version. Point them to the right macro.
|
2019-01-06 00:32:48 +03:00
|
|
|
m4_if([$1], [1.15.1], [],
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
[AC_FATAL([Do not call $0, use AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([$1]).])])dnl
|
|
|
|
])
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# _AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(VERSION)
|
|
|
|
# -----------------------------
|
|
|
|
# aclocal traces this macro to find the Autoconf version.
|
|
|
|
# This is a private macro too. Using m4_define simplifies
|
|
|
|
# the logic in aclocal, which can simply ignore this definition.
|
|
|
|
m4_define([_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION], [])
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION
|
|
|
|
# -------------------------------
|
|
|
|
# Call AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION so they can be traced.
|
|
|
|
# This function is AC_REQUIREd by AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE.
|
|
|
|
AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION],
|
2019-01-06 00:32:48 +03:00
|
|
|
[AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION([1.15.1])dnl
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION],
|
|
|
|
[m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl
|
|
|
|
_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]))])
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND -*- Autoconf -*-
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-06 00:32:48 +03:00
|
|
|
# Copyright (C) 2001-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
|
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
|
|
|
|
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
|
|
|
|
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# For projects using AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([foo]), Autoconf sets
|
|
|
|
# $ac_aux_dir to '$srcdir/foo'. In other projects, it is set to
|
|
|
|
# '$srcdir', '$srcdir/..', or '$srcdir/../..'.
|
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
|
# Of course, Automake must honor this variable whenever it calls a
|
|
|
|
# tool from the auxiliary directory. The problem is that $srcdir (and
|
|
|
|
# therefore $ac_aux_dir as well) can be either absolute or relative,
|
|
|
|
# depending on how configure is run. This is pretty annoying, since
|
|
|
|
# it makes $ac_aux_dir quite unusable in subdirectories: in the top
|
|
|
|
# source directory, any form will work fine, but in subdirectories a
|
|
|
|
# relative path needs to be adjusted first.
|
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
|
# $ac_aux_dir/missing
|
|
|
|
# fails when called from a subdirectory if $ac_aux_dir is relative
|
|
|
|
# $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing
|
|
|
|
# fails if $ac_aux_dir is absolute,
|
|
|
|
# fails when called from a subdirectory in a VPATH build with
|
|
|
|
# a relative $ac_aux_dir
|
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
|
# The reason of the latter failure is that $top_srcdir and $ac_aux_dir
|
|
|
|
# are both prefixed by $srcdir. In an in-source build this is usually
|
|
|
|
# harmless because $srcdir is '.', but things will broke when you
|
|
|
|
# start a VPATH build or use an absolute $srcdir.
|
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
|
# So we could use something similar to $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing,
|
|
|
|
# iff we strip the leading $srcdir from $ac_aux_dir. That would be:
|
|
|
|
# am_aux_dir='\$(top_srcdir)/'`expr "$ac_aux_dir" : "$srcdir//*\(.*\)"`
|
|
|
|
# and then we would define $MISSING as
|
|
|
|
# MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing"
|
|
|
|
# This will work as long as MISSING is not called from configure, because
|
|
|
|
# unfortunately $(top_srcdir) has no meaning in configure.
|
|
|
|
# However there are other variables, like CC, which are often used in
|
|
|
|
# configure, and could therefore not use this "fixed" $ac_aux_dir.
|
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
|
# Another solution, used here, is to always expand $ac_aux_dir to an
|
|
|
|
# absolute PATH. The drawback is that using absolute paths prevent a
|
|
|
|
# configured tree to be moved without reconfiguration.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AC_DEFUN([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND],
|
|
|
|
[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR_DEFAULT])dnl
|
|
|
|
# Expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path.
|
|
|
|
am_aux_dir=`cd "$ac_aux_dir" && pwd`
|
|
|
|
])
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# AM_CONDITIONAL -*- Autoconf -*-
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-06 00:32:48 +03:00
|
|
|
# Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
|
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
|
|
|
|
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
|
|
|
|
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# AM_CONDITIONAL(NAME, SHELL-CONDITION)
|
|
|
|
# -------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
# Define a conditional.
|
|
|
|
AC_DEFUN([AM_CONDITIONAL],
|
|
|
|
[AC_PREREQ([2.52])dnl
|
|
|
|
m4_if([$1], [TRUE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])],
|
|
|
|
[$1], [FALSE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])])dnl
|
|
|
|
AC_SUBST([$1_TRUE])dnl
|
|
|
|
AC_SUBST([$1_FALSE])dnl
|
|
|
|
_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_TRUE])dnl
|
|
|
|
_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_FALSE])dnl
|
|
|
|
m4_define([_AM_COND_VALUE_$1], [$2])dnl
|
|
|
|
if $2; then
|
|
|
|
$1_TRUE=
|
|
|
|
$1_FALSE='#'
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
$1_TRUE='#'
|
|
|
|
$1_FALSE=
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(
|
|
|
|
[if test -z "${$1_TRUE}" && test -z "${$1_FALSE}"; then
|
|
|
|
AC_MSG_ERROR([[conditional "$1" was never defined.
|
|
|
|
Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally.]])
|
|
|
|
fi])])
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-06 00:32:48 +03:00
|
|
|
# Copyright (C) 1999-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
|
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
|
|
|
|
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
|
|
|
|
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# There are a few dirty hacks below to avoid letting 'AC_PROG_CC' be
|
|
|
|
# written in clear, in which case automake, when reading aclocal.m4,
|
|
|
|
# will think it sees a *use*, and therefore will trigger all it's
|
|
|
|
# C support machinery. Also note that it means that autoscan, seeing
|
|
|
|
# CC etc. in the Makefile, will ask for an AC_PROG_CC use...
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# _AM_DEPENDENCIES(NAME)
|
|
|
|
# ----------------------
|
|
|
|
# See how the compiler implements dependency checking.
|
|
|
|
# NAME is "CC", "CXX", "OBJC", "OBJCXX", "UPC", or "GJC".
|
|
|
|
# We try a few techniques and use that to set a single cache variable.
|
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
|
# We don't AC_REQUIRE the corresponding AC_PROG_CC since the latter was
|
|
|
|
# modified to invoke _AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC); we would have a circular
|
|
|
|
# dependency, and given that the user is not expected to run this macro,
|
|
|
|
# just rely on AC_PROG_CC.
|
|
|
|
AC_DEFUN([_AM_DEPENDENCIES],
|
|
|
|
[AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_DEPDIR])dnl
|
|
|
|
AC_REQUIRE([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS])dnl
|
|
|
|
AC_REQUIRE([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE])dnl
|
|
|
|
AC_REQUIRE([AM_DEP_TRACK])dnl
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
m4_if([$1], [CC], [depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list=],
|
|
|
|
[$1], [CXX], [depcc="$CXX" am_compiler_list=],
|
|
|
|
[$1], [OBJC], [depcc="$OBJC" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'],
|
|
|
|
[$1], [OBJCXX], [depcc="$OBJCXX" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'],
|
|
|
|
[$1], [UPC], [depcc="$UPC" am_compiler_list=],
|
|
|
|
[$1], [GCJ], [depcc="$GCJ" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'],
|
|
|
|
[depcc="$$1" am_compiler_list=])
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AC_CACHE_CHECK([dependency style of $depcc],
|
|
|
|
[am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type],
|
|
|
|
[if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then
|
|
|
|
# We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up
|
|
|
|
# making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For
|
|
|
|
# instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up
|
|
|
|
# making a dummy file named 'D' -- because '-MD' means "put the output
|
|
|
|
# in D".
|
|
|
|
rm -rf conftest.dir
|
|
|
|
mkdir conftest.dir
|
|
|
|
# Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're
|
|
|
|
# using a relative directory.
|
|
|
|
cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir
|
|
|
|
cd conftest.dir
|
|
|
|
# We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because
|
|
|
|
# it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance
|
|
|
|
# both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a
|
|
|
|
# side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in
|
|
|
|
# the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object
|
|
|
|
# directory.
|
|
|
|
mkdir sub
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none
|
|
|
|
if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then
|
|
|
|
am_compiler_list=`sed -n ['s/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p'] < ./depcomp`
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
am__universal=false
|
|
|
|
m4_case([$1], [CC],
|
|
|
|
[case " $depcc " in #(
|
|
|
|
*\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;;
|
|
|
|
esac],
|
|
|
|
[CXX],
|
|
|
|
[case " $depcc " in #(
|
|
|
|
*\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;;
|
|
|
|
esac])
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do
|
|
|
|
# Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers
|
|
|
|
# like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and
|
|
|
|
# we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this.
|
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
|
# We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may
|
|
|
|
# overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines.
|
|
|
|
# This happens at least with the AIX C compiler.
|
|
|
|
: > sub/conftest.c
|
|
|
|
for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do
|
|
|
|
echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c
|
|
|
|
# Using ": > sub/conftst$i.h" creates only sub/conftst1.h with
|
|
|
|
# Solaris 10 /bin/sh.
|
|
|
|
echo '/* dummy */' > sub/conftst$i.h
|
|
|
|
done
|
|
|
|
echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# We check with '-c' and '-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout"
|
|
|
|
# mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly
|
|
|
|
# handle '-M -o', and we need to detect this. Also, some Intel
|
|
|
|
# versions had trouble with output in subdirs.
|
|
|
|
am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
|
|
|
|
am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj"
|
|
|
|
case $depmode in
|
|
|
|
gcc)
|
|
|
|
# This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode.
|
|
|
|
test "$am__universal" = false || continue
|
|
|
|
;;
|
|
|
|
nosideeffect)
|
|
|
|
# After this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll
|
|
|
|
# only be used when explicitly requested.
|
|
|
|
if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then
|
|
|
|
continue
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
break
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
;;
|
|
|
|
msvc7 | msvc7msys | msvisualcpp | msvcmsys)
|
|
|
|
# This compiler won't grok '-c -o', but also, the minuso test has
|
|
|
|
# not run yet. These depmodes are late enough in the game, and
|
|
|
|
# so weak that their functioning should not be impacted.
|
|
|
|
am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o}
|
|
|
|
am__minus_obj=
|
|
|
|
;;
|
|
|
|
none) break ;;
|
|
|
|
esac
|
|
|
|
if depmode=$depmode \
|
|
|
|
source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \
|
|
|
|
depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \
|
|
|
|
$SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \
|
|
|
|
>/dev/null 2>conftest.err &&
|
|
|
|
grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
|
|
|
|
grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
|
|
|
|
grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 &&
|
|
|
|
${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then
|
|
|
|
# icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings
|
|
|
|
# or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message
|
|
|
|
# that says an option was ignored or not supported.
|
|
|
|
# When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly:
|
|
|
|
# icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required
|
|
|
|
# The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0:
|
|
|
|
# icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported
|
|
|
|
if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err ||
|
|
|
|
grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else
|
|
|
|
am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode
|
|
|
|
break
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
done
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
cd ..
|
|
|
|
rm -rf conftest.dir
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
])
|
|
|
|
AC_SUBST([$1DEPMODE], [depmode=$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type])
|
|
|
|
AM_CONDITIONAL([am__fastdep$1], [
|
|
|
|
test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \
|
|
|
|
&& test "$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3])
|
|
|
|
])
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# AM_SET_DEPDIR
|
|
|
|
# -------------
|
|
|
|
# Choose a directory name for dependency files.
|
|
|
|
# This macro is AC_REQUIREd in _AM_DEPENDENCIES.
|
|
|
|
AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_DEPDIR],
|
|
|
|
[AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl
|
|
|
|
AC_SUBST([DEPDIR], ["${am__leading_dot}deps"])dnl
|
|
|
|
])
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# AM_DEP_TRACK
|
|
|
|
# ------------
|
|
|
|
AC_DEFUN([AM_DEP_TRACK],
|
|
|
|
[AC_ARG_ENABLE([dependency-tracking], [dnl
|
|
|
|
AS_HELP_STRING(
|
|
|
|
[--enable-dependency-tracking],
|
|
|
|
[do not reject slow dependency extractors])
|
|
|
|
AS_HELP_STRING(
|
|
|
|
[--disable-dependency-tracking],
|
|
|
|
[speeds up one-time build])])
|
|
|
|
if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then
|
|
|
|
am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp"
|
|
|
|
AMDEPBACKSLASH='\'
|
|
|
|
am__nodep='_no'
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
AM_CONDITIONAL([AMDEP], [test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno])
|
|
|
|
AC_SUBST([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl
|
|
|
|
_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl
|
|
|
|
AC_SUBST([am__nodep])dnl
|
|
|
|
_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([am__nodep])dnl
|
|
|
|
])
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# Generate code to set up dependency tracking. -*- Autoconf -*-
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-06 00:32:48 +03:00
|
|
|
# Copyright (C) 1999-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
|
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
|
|
|
|
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
|
|
|
|
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS
|
|
|
|
# ------------------------------
|
|
|
|
AC_DEFUN([_AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS],
|
|
|
|
[{
|
|
|
|
# Older Autoconf quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files
|
|
|
|
# are listed without --file. Let's play safe and only enable the eval
|
|
|
|
# if we detect the quoting.
|
|
|
|
case $CONFIG_FILES in
|
|
|
|
*\'*) eval set x "$CONFIG_FILES" ;;
|
|
|
|
*) set x $CONFIG_FILES ;;
|
|
|
|
esac
|
|
|
|
shift
|
|
|
|
for mf
|
|
|
|
do
|
|
|
|
# Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file.
|
|
|
|
mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'`
|
|
|
|
# Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not.
|
|
|
|
# We used to match only the files named 'Makefile.in', but
|
|
|
|
# some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content.
|
|
|
|
# Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process
|
|
|
|
# each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so.
|
|
|
|
# Grep'ing the whole file is not good either: AIX grep has a line
|
|
|
|
# limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000.
|
|
|
|
if sed -n 's,^#.*generated by automake.*,X,p' "$mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1; then
|
|
|
|
dirpart=`AS_DIRNAME("$mf")`
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
continue
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
# Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote
|
|
|
|
# from the Makefile without running 'make'.
|
|
|
|
DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"`
|
|
|
|
test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue
|
|
|
|
am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"`
|
|
|
|
test -z "$am__include" && continue
|
|
|
|
am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"`
|
|
|
|
# Find all dependency output files, they are included files with
|
|
|
|
# $(DEPDIR) in their names. We invoke sed twice because it is the
|
|
|
|
# simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the
|
|
|
|
# expansion.
|
|
|
|
for file in `sed -n "
|
|
|
|
s/^$am__include $am__quote\(.*(DEPDIR).*\)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \
|
|
|
|
sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g'`; do
|
|
|
|
# Make sure the directory exists.
|
|
|
|
test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue
|
|
|
|
fdir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])`
|
|
|
|
AS_MKDIR_P([$dirpart/$fdir])
|
|
|
|
# echo "creating $dirpart/$file"
|
|
|
|
echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file"
|
|
|
|
done
|
|
|
|
done
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
])# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS
|
|
|
|
# -----------------------------
|
|
|
|
# This macro should only be invoked once -- use via AC_REQUIRE.
|
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
|
# This code is only required when automatic dependency tracking
|
|
|
|
# is enabled. FIXME. This creates each '.P' file that we will
|
|
|
|
# need in order to bootstrap the dependency handling code.
|
|
|
|
AC_DEFUN([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS],
|
|
|
|
[AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([depfiles],
|
|
|
|
[test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS],
|
|
|
|
[AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir"])
|
|
|
|
])
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# Do all the work for Automake. -*- Autoconf -*-
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-06 00:32:48 +03:00
|
|
|
# Copyright (C) 1996-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
|
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
|
|
|
|
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
|
|
|
|
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# This macro actually does too much. Some checks are only needed if
|
|
|
|
# your package does certain things. But this isn't really a big deal.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dnl Redefine AC_PROG_CC to automatically invoke _AM_PROG_CC_C_O.
|
|
|
|
m4_define([AC_PROG_CC],
|
|
|
|
m4_defn([AC_PROG_CC])
|
|
|
|
[_AM_PROG_CC_C_O
|
|
|
|
])
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(PACKAGE, VERSION, [NO-DEFINE])
|
|
|
|
# AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([OPTIONS])
|
|
|
|
# -----------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
# The call with PACKAGE and VERSION arguments is the old style
|
|
|
|
# call (pre autoconf-2.50), which is being phased out. PACKAGE
|
|
|
|
# and VERSION should now be passed to AC_INIT and removed from
|
|
|
|
# the call to AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE.
|
|
|
|
# We support both call styles for the transition. After
|
|
|
|
# the next Automake release, Autoconf can make the AC_INIT
|
|
|
|
# arguments mandatory, and then we can depend on a new Autoconf
|
|
|
|
# release and drop the old call support.
|
|
|
|
AC_DEFUN([AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE],
|
|
|
|
[AC_PREREQ([2.65])dnl
|
|
|
|
dnl Autoconf wants to disallow AM_ names. We explicitly allow
|
|
|
|
dnl the ones we care about.
|
|
|
|
m4_pattern_allow([^AM_[A-Z]+FLAGS$])dnl
|
|
|
|
AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION])dnl
|
|
|
|
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
|
|
|
|
if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then
|
|
|
|
# Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output
|
|
|
|
# is not polluted with repeated "-I."
|
|
|
|
AC_SUBST([am__isrc], [' -I$(srcdir)'])_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([am__isrc])dnl
|
|
|
|
# test to see if srcdir already configured
|
|
|
|
if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then
|
|
|
|
AC_MSG_ERROR([source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first])
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# test whether we have cygpath
|
|
|
|
if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then
|
|
|
|
if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
|
|
|
|
CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w'
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
CYGPATH_W=echo
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
AC_SUBST([CYGPATH_W])
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# Define the identity of the package.
|
|
|
|
dnl Distinguish between old-style and new-style calls.
|
|
|
|
m4_ifval([$2],
|
|
|
|
[AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete],
|
|
|
|
[$0: two- and three-arguments forms are deprecated.])
|
|
|
|
m4_ifval([$3], [_AM_SET_OPTION([no-define])])dnl
|
|
|
|
AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], [$1])dnl
|
|
|
|
AC_SUBST([VERSION], [$2])],
|
|
|
|
[_AM_SET_OPTIONS([$1])dnl
|
|
|
|
dnl Diagnose old-style AC_INIT with new-style AM_AUTOMAKE_INIT.
|
|
|
|
m4_if(
|
|
|
|
m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_NAME], [ok]):m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_VERSION], [ok]),
|
|
|
|
[ok:ok],,
|
|
|
|
[m4_fatal([AC_INIT should be called with package and version arguments])])dnl
|
|
|
|
AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], ['AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME'])dnl
|
|
|
|
AC_SUBST([VERSION], ['AC_PACKAGE_VERSION'])])dnl
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
_AM_IF_OPTION([no-define],,
|
|
|
|
[AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([PACKAGE], ["$PACKAGE"], [Name of package])
|
|
|
|
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([VERSION], ["$VERSION"], [Version number of package])])dnl
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# Some tools Automake needs.
|
|
|
|
AC_REQUIRE([AM_SANITY_CHECK])dnl
|
|
|
|
AC_REQUIRE([AC_ARG_PROGRAM])dnl
|
|
|
|
AM_MISSING_PROG([ACLOCAL], [aclocal-${am__api_version}])
|
|
|
|
AM_MISSING_PROG([AUTOCONF], [autoconf])
|
|
|
|
AM_MISSING_PROG([AUTOMAKE], [automake-${am__api_version}])
|
|
|
|
AM_MISSING_PROG([AUTOHEADER], [autoheader])
|
|
|
|
AM_MISSING_PROG([MAKEINFO], [makeinfo])
|
|
|
|
AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl
|
|
|
|
AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP])dnl
|
|
|
|
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl
|
|
|
|
# For better backward compatibility. To be removed once Automake 1.9.x
|
|
|
|
# dies out for good. For more background, see:
|
|
|
|
# <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/automake/2012-07/msg00001.html>
|
|
|
|
# <http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/automake/2012-07/msg00014.html>
|
|
|
|
AC_SUBST([mkdir_p], ['$(MKDIR_P)'])
|
|
|
|
# We need awk for the "check" target (and possibly the TAP driver). The
|
|
|
|
# system "awk" is bad on some platforms.
|
|
|
|
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_AWK])dnl
|
|
|
|
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
|
|
|
|
AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl
|
|
|
|
_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-ustar], [_AM_PROG_TAR([ustar])],
|
|
|
|
[_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-pax], [_AM_PROG_TAR([pax])],
|
|
|
|
[_AM_PROG_TAR([v7])])])
|
|
|
|
_AM_IF_OPTION([no-dependencies],,
|
|
|
|
[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CC],
|
|
|
|
[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([CC])],
|
|
|
|
[m4_define([AC_PROG_CC],
|
|
|
|
m4_defn([AC_PROG_CC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([CC])])])dnl
|
|
|
|
AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX],
|
|
|
|
[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([CXX])],
|
|
|
|
[m4_define([AC_PROG_CXX],
|
|
|
|
m4_defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([CXX])])])dnl
|
|
|
|
AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_OBJC],
|
|
|
|
[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([OBJC])],
|
|
|
|
[m4_define([AC_PROG_OBJC],
|
|
|
|
m4_defn([AC_PROG_OBJC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([OBJC])])])dnl
|
|
|
|
AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_OBJCXX],
|
|
|
|
[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([OBJCXX])],
|
|
|
|
[m4_define([AC_PROG_OBJCXX],
|
|
|
|
m4_defn([AC_PROG_OBJCXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES([OBJCXX])])])dnl
|
|
|
|
])
|
|
|
|
AC_REQUIRE([AM_SILENT_RULES])dnl
|
|
|
|
dnl The testsuite driver may need to know about EXEEXT, so add the
|
|
|
|
dnl 'am__EXEEXT' conditional if _AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT was seen. This
|
|
|
|
dnl macro is hooked onto _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT early, see below.
|
|
|
|
AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(dnl
|
|
|
|
[m4_provide_if([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT],
|
|
|
|
[AM_CONDITIONAL([am__EXEEXT], [test -n "$EXEEXT"])])])dnl
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# POSIX will say in a future version that running "rm -f" with no argument
|
|
|
|
# is OK; and we want to be able to make that assumption in our Makefile
|
|
|
|
# recipes. So use an aggressive probe to check that the usage we want is
|
|
|
|
# actually supported "in the wild" to an acceptable degree.
|
|
|
|
# See automake bug#10828.
|
|
|
|
# To make any issue more visible, cause the running configure to be aborted
|
|
|
|
# by default if the 'rm' program in use doesn't match our expectations; the
|
|
|
|
# user can still override this though.
|
|
|
|
if rm -f && rm -fr && rm -rf; then : OK; else
|
|
|
|
cat >&2 <<'END'
|
|
|
|
Oops!
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Your 'rm' program seems unable to run without file operands specified
|
|
|
|
on the command line, even when the '-f' option is present. This is contrary
|
|
|
|
to the behaviour of most rm programs out there, and not conforming with
|
|
|
|
the upcoming POSIX standard: <http://austingroupbugs.net/view.php?id=542>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Please tell bug-automake@gnu.org about your system, including the value
|
|
|
|
of your $PATH and any error possibly output before this message. This
|
|
|
|
can help us improve future automake versions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
END
|
|
|
|
if test x"$ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM" = x"yes"; then
|
|
|
|
echo 'Configuration will proceed anyway, since you have set the' >&2
|
|
|
|
echo 'ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM variable to "yes"' >&2
|
|
|
|
echo >&2
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
cat >&2 <<'END'
|
|
|
|
Aborting the configuration process, to ensure you take notice of the issue.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can download and install GNU coreutils to get an 'rm' implementation
|
|
|
|
that behaves properly: <http://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/>.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you want to complete the configuration process using your problematic
|
|
|
|
'rm' anyway, export the environment variable ACCEPT_INFERIOR_RM_PROGRAM
|
|
|
|
to "yes", and re-run configure.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
END
|
|
|
|
AC_MSG_ERROR([Your 'rm' program is bad, sorry.])
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
dnl The trailing newline in this macro's definition is deliberate, for
|
|
|
|
dnl backward compatibility and to allow trailing 'dnl'-style comments
|
|
|
|
dnl after the AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE invocation. See automake bug#16841.
|
|
|
|
])
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dnl Hook into '_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT' early to learn its expansion. Do not
|
|
|
|
dnl add the conditional right here, as _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT may be further
|
|
|
|
dnl mangled by Autoconf and run in a shell conditional statement.
|
|
|
|
m4_define([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT],
|
|
|
|
m4_defn([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT])[m4_provide([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT])])
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file.
|
|
|
|
# This file resides in the same directory as the config header
|
|
|
|
# that is generated. The stamp files are numbered to have different names.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# Autoconf calls _AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK (when defined) in the
|
|
|
|
# loop where config.status creates the headers, so we can generate
|
|
|
|
# our stamp files there.
|
|
|
|
AC_DEFUN([_AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK],
|
|
|
|
[# Compute $1's index in $config_headers.
|
|
|
|
_am_arg=$1
|
|
|
|
_am_stamp_count=1
|
|
|
|
for _am_header in $config_headers :; do
|
|
|
|
case $_am_header in
|
|
|
|
$_am_arg | $_am_arg:* )
|
|
|
|
break ;;
|
|
|
|
* )
|
|
|
|
_am_stamp_count=`expr $_am_stamp_count + 1` ;;
|
|
|
|
esac
|
|
|
|
done
|
|
|
|
echo "timestamp for $_am_arg" >`AS_DIRNAME(["$_am_arg"])`/stamp-h[]$_am_stamp_count])
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-06 00:32:48 +03:00
|
|
|
# Copyright (C) 2001-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
|
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
|
|
|
|
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
|
|
|
|
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH
|
|
|
|
# ------------------
|
|
|
|
# Define $install_sh.
|
|
|
|
AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH],
|
|
|
|
[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl
|
|
|
|
if test x"${install_sh+set}" != xset; then
|
|
|
|
case $am_aux_dir in
|
|
|
|
*\ * | *\ *)
|
|
|
|
install_sh="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;;
|
|
|
|
*)
|
|
|
|
install_sh="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh"
|
|
|
|
esac
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
AC_SUBST([install_sh])])
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-06 00:32:48 +03:00
|
|
|
# Copyright (C) 2003-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
|
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
|
|
|
|
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
|
|
|
|
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# Check whether the underlying file-system supports filenames
|
|
|
|
# with a leading dot. For instance MS-DOS doesn't.
|
|
|
|
AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT],
|
|
|
|
[rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null
|
|
|
|
mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null
|
|
|
|
if test -d .tst; then
|
|
|
|
am__leading_dot=.
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
am__leading_dot=_
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null
|
|
|
|
AC_SUBST([am__leading_dot])])
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# Check to see how 'make' treats includes. -*- Autoconf -*-
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-06 00:32:48 +03:00
|
|
|
# Copyright (C) 2001-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
|
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
|
|
|
|
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
|
|
|
|
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# AM_MAKE_INCLUDE()
|
|
|
|
# -----------------
|
|
|
|
# Check to see how make treats includes.
|
|
|
|
AC_DEFUN([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE],
|
|
|
|
[am_make=${MAKE-make}
|
|
|
|
cat > confinc << 'END'
|
|
|
|
am__doit:
|
|
|
|
@echo this is the am__doit target
|
|
|
|
.PHONY: am__doit
|
|
|
|
END
|
|
|
|
# If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code.
|
|
|
|
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for style of include used by $am_make])
|
|
|
|
am__include="#"
|
|
|
|
am__quote=
|
|
|
|
_am_result=none
|
|
|
|
# First try GNU make style include.
|
|
|
|
echo "include confinc" > confmf
|
|
|
|
# Ignore all kinds of additional output from 'make'.
|
|
|
|
case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #(
|
|
|
|
*the\ am__doit\ target*)
|
|
|
|
am__include=include
|
|
|
|
am__quote=
|
|
|
|
_am_result=GNU
|
|
|
|
;;
|
|
|
|
esac
|
|
|
|
# Now try BSD make style include.
|
|
|
|
if test "$am__include" = "#"; then
|
|
|
|
echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf
|
|
|
|
case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #(
|
|
|
|
*the\ am__doit\ target*)
|
|
|
|
am__include=.include
|
|
|
|
am__quote="\""
|
|
|
|
_am_result=BSD
|
|
|
|
;;
|
|
|
|
esac
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
AC_SUBST([am__include])
|
|
|
|
AC_SUBST([am__quote])
|
|
|
|
AC_MSG_RESULT([$_am_result])
|
|
|
|
rm -f confinc confmf
|
|
|
|
])
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# Fake the existence of programs that GNU maintainers use. -*- Autoconf -*-
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-06 00:32:48 +03:00
|
|
|
# Copyright (C) 1997-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
|
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
|
|
|
|
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
|
|
|
|
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# AM_MISSING_PROG(NAME, PROGRAM)
|
|
|
|
# ------------------------------
|
|
|
|
AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_PROG],
|
|
|
|
[AC_REQUIRE([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN])
|
|
|
|
$1=${$1-"${am_missing_run}$2"}
|
|
|
|
AC_SUBST($1)])
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN
|
|
|
|
# ------------------
|
|
|
|
# Define MISSING if not defined so far and test if it is modern enough.
|
|
|
|
# If it is, set am_missing_run to use it, otherwise, to nothing.
|
|
|
|
AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN],
|
|
|
|
[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl
|
|
|
|
AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([missing])dnl
|
|
|
|
if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then
|
|
|
|
case $am_aux_dir in
|
|
|
|
*\ * | *\ *)
|
|
|
|
MISSING="\${SHELL} \"$am_aux_dir/missing\"" ;;
|
|
|
|
*)
|
|
|
|
MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ;;
|
|
|
|
esac
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
# Use eval to expand $SHELL
|
|
|
|
if eval "$MISSING --is-lightweight"; then
|
|
|
|
am_missing_run="$MISSING "
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
am_missing_run=
|
|
|
|
AC_MSG_WARN(['missing' script is too old or missing])
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
])
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# Helper functions for option handling. -*- Autoconf -*-
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-06 00:32:48 +03:00
|
|
|
# Copyright (C) 2001-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
|
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
|
|
|
|
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
|
|
|
|
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# _AM_MANGLE_OPTION(NAME)
|
|
|
|
# -----------------------
|
|
|
|
AC_DEFUN([_AM_MANGLE_OPTION],
|
|
|
|
[[_AM_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])])
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# _AM_SET_OPTION(NAME)
|
|
|
|
# --------------------
|
|
|
|
# Set option NAME. Presently that only means defining a flag for this option.
|
|
|
|
AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTION],
|
|
|
|
[m4_define(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), [1])])
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# _AM_SET_OPTIONS(OPTIONS)
|
|
|
|
# ------------------------
|
|
|
|
# OPTIONS is a space-separated list of Automake options.
|
|
|
|
AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTIONS],
|
|
|
|
[m4_foreach_w([_AM_Option], [$1], [_AM_SET_OPTION(_AM_Option)])])
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# _AM_IF_OPTION(OPTION, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET])
|
|
|
|
# -------------------------------------------
|
|
|
|
# Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise.
|
|
|
|
AC_DEFUN([_AM_IF_OPTION],
|
|
|
|
[m4_ifset(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), [$2], [$3])])
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-06 00:32:48 +03:00
|
|
|
# Copyright (C) 1999-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
|
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
|
|
|
|
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
|
|
|
|
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# _AM_PROG_CC_C_O
|
|
|
|
# ---------------
|
|
|
|
# Like AC_PROG_CC_C_O, but changed for automake. We rewrite AC_PROG_CC
|
|
|
|
# to automatically call this.
|
|
|
|
AC_DEFUN([_AM_PROG_CC_C_O],
|
|
|
|
[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl
|
|
|
|
AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([compile])dnl
|
|
|
|
AC_LANG_PUSH([C])dnl
|
|
|
|
AC_CACHE_CHECK(
|
|
|
|
[whether $CC understands -c and -o together],
|
|
|
|
[am_cv_prog_cc_c_o],
|
|
|
|
[AC_LANG_CONFTEST([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([])])
|
|
|
|
# Make sure it works both with $CC and with simple cc.
|
|
|
|
# Following AC_PROG_CC_C_O, we do the test twice because some
|
|
|
|
# compilers refuse to overwrite an existing .o file with -o,
|
|
|
|
# though they will create one.
|
|
|
|
am_cv_prog_cc_c_o=yes
|
|
|
|
for am_i in 1 2; do
|
|
|
|
if AM_RUN_LOG([$CC -c conftest.$ac_ext -o conftest2.$ac_objext]) \
|
|
|
|
&& test -f conftest2.$ac_objext; then
|
|
|
|
: OK
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
am_cv_prog_cc_c_o=no
|
|
|
|
break
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
done
|
|
|
|
rm -f core conftest*
|
|
|
|
unset am_i])
|
|
|
|
if test "$am_cv_prog_cc_c_o" != yes; then
|
|
|
|
# Losing compiler, so override with the script.
|
|
|
|
# FIXME: It is wrong to rewrite CC.
|
|
|
|
# But if we don't then we get into trouble of one sort or another.
|
|
|
|
# A longer-term fix would be to have automake use am__CC in this case,
|
|
|
|
# and then we could set am__CC="\$(top_srcdir)/compile \$(CC)"
|
|
|
|
CC="$am_aux_dir/compile $CC"
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
AC_LANG_POP([C])])
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# For backward compatibility.
|
|
|
|
AC_DEFUN_ONCE([AM_PROG_CC_C_O], [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])])
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-06 00:32:48 +03:00
|
|
|
# Copyright (C) 2001-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
|
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
|
|
|
|
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
|
|
|
|
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# AM_RUN_LOG(COMMAND)
|
|
|
|
# -------------------
|
|
|
|
# Run COMMAND, save the exit status in ac_status, and log it.
|
|
|
|
# (This has been adapted from Autoconf's _AC_RUN_LOG macro.)
|
|
|
|
AC_DEFUN([AM_RUN_LOG],
|
|
|
|
[{ echo "$as_me:$LINENO: $1" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
|
|
|
|
($1) >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD 2>&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
|
|
|
|
ac_status=$?
|
|
|
|
echo "$as_me:$LINENO: \$? = $ac_status" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
|
|
|
|
(exit $ac_status); }])
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# Check to make sure that the build environment is sane. -*- Autoconf -*-
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-06 00:32:48 +03:00
|
|
|
# Copyright (C) 1996-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
|
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
|
|
|
|
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
|
|
|
|
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# AM_SANITY_CHECK
|
|
|
|
# ---------------
|
|
|
|
AC_DEFUN([AM_SANITY_CHECK],
|
|
|
|
[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether build environment is sane])
|
|
|
|
# Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory
|
|
|
|
# name. Accept space and tab only in the latter.
|
|
|
|
am_lf='
|
|
|
|
'
|
|
|
|
case `pwd` in
|
|
|
|
*[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf]]*)
|
|
|
|
AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe absolute working directory name]);;
|
|
|
|
esac
|
|
|
|
case $srcdir in
|
|
|
|
*[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \ ]]*)
|
|
|
|
AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe srcdir value: '$srcdir']);;
|
|
|
|
esac
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# Do 'set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's
|
|
|
|
# arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a
|
|
|
|
# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks
|
|
|
|
# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing
|
|
|
|
# directory).
|
|
|
|
if (
|
|
|
|
am_has_slept=no
|
|
|
|
for am_try in 1 2; do
|
|
|
|
echo "timestamp, slept: $am_has_slept" > conftest.file
|
|
|
|
set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null`
|
|
|
|
if test "$[*]" = "X"; then
|
|
|
|
# -L didn't work.
|
|
|
|
set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file`
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
if test "$[*]" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \
|
|
|
|
&& test "$[*]" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen
|
|
|
|
# if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a
|
|
|
|
# broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually
|
|
|
|
# happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane".
|
|
|
|
AC_MSG_ERROR([ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken
|
|
|
|
alias in your environment])
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
if test "$[2]" = conftest.file || test $am_try -eq 2; then
|
|
|
|
break
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
# Just in case.
|
|
|
|
sleep 1
|
|
|
|
am_has_slept=yes
|
|
|
|
done
|
|
|
|
test "$[2]" = conftest.file
|
|
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
then
|
|
|
|
# Ok.
|
|
|
|
:
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
AC_MSG_ERROR([newly created file is older than distributed files!
|
|
|
|
Check your system clock])
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
|
|
|
|
# If we didn't sleep, we still need to ensure time stamps of config.status and
|
|
|
|
# generated files are strictly newer.
|
|
|
|
am_sleep_pid=
|
|
|
|
if grep 'slept: no' conftest.file >/dev/null 2>&1; then
|
|
|
|
( sleep 1 ) &
|
|
|
|
am_sleep_pid=$!
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(
|
|
|
|
[AC_MSG_CHECKING([that generated files are newer than configure])
|
|
|
|
if test -n "$am_sleep_pid"; then
|
|
|
|
# Hide warnings about reused PIDs.
|
|
|
|
wait $am_sleep_pid 2>/dev/null
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
AC_MSG_RESULT([done])])
|
|
|
|
rm -f conftest.file
|
|
|
|
])
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-06 00:32:48 +03:00
|
|
|
# Copyright (C) 2009-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
|
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
|
|
|
|
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
|
|
|
|
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# AM_SILENT_RULES([DEFAULT])
|
|
|
|
# --------------------------
|
|
|
|
# Enable less verbose build rules; with the default set to DEFAULT
|
|
|
|
# ("yes" being less verbose, "no" or empty being verbose).
|
|
|
|
AC_DEFUN([AM_SILENT_RULES],
|
|
|
|
[AC_ARG_ENABLE([silent-rules], [dnl
|
|
|
|
AS_HELP_STRING(
|
|
|
|
[--enable-silent-rules],
|
|
|
|
[less verbose build output (undo: "make V=1")])
|
|
|
|
AS_HELP_STRING(
|
|
|
|
[--disable-silent-rules],
|
|
|
|
[verbose build output (undo: "make V=0")])dnl
|
|
|
|
])
|
|
|
|
case $enable_silent_rules in @%:@ (((
|
|
|
|
yes) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=0;;
|
|
|
|
no) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=1;;
|
|
|
|
*) AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY=m4_if([$1], [yes], [0], [1]);;
|
|
|
|
esac
|
|
|
|
dnl
|
|
|
|
dnl A few 'make' implementations (e.g., NonStop OS and NextStep)
|
|
|
|
dnl do not support nested variable expansions.
|
|
|
|
dnl See automake bug#9928 and bug#10237.
|
|
|
|
am_make=${MAKE-make}
|
|
|
|
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether $am_make supports nested variables],
|
|
|
|
[am_cv_make_support_nested_variables],
|
|
|
|
[if AS_ECHO([['TRUE=$(BAR$(V))
|
|
|
|
BAR0=false
|
|
|
|
BAR1=true
|
|
|
|
V=1
|
|
|
|
am__doit:
|
|
|
|
@$(TRUE)
|
|
|
|
.PHONY: am__doit']]) | $am_make -f - >/dev/null 2>&1; then
|
|
|
|
am_cv_make_support_nested_variables=yes
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
am_cv_make_support_nested_variables=no
|
|
|
|
fi])
|
|
|
|
if test $am_cv_make_support_nested_variables = yes; then
|
|
|
|
dnl Using '$V' instead of '$(V)' breaks IRIX make.
|
|
|
|
AM_V='$(V)'
|
|
|
|
AM_DEFAULT_V='$(AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY)'
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
AM_V=$AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY
|
|
|
|
AM_DEFAULT_V=$AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
AC_SUBST([AM_V])dnl
|
|
|
|
AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AM_V])dnl
|
|
|
|
AC_SUBST([AM_DEFAULT_V])dnl
|
|
|
|
AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AM_DEFAULT_V])dnl
|
|
|
|
AC_SUBST([AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY])dnl
|
|
|
|
AM_BACKSLASH='\'
|
|
|
|
AC_SUBST([AM_BACKSLASH])dnl
|
|
|
|
_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AM_BACKSLASH])dnl
|
|
|
|
])
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-06 00:32:48 +03:00
|
|
|
# Copyright (C) 2001-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
|
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
|
|
|
|
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
|
|
|
|
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP
|
|
|
|
# ---------------------
|
|
|
|
# One issue with vendor 'install' (even GNU) is that you can't
|
|
|
|
# specify the program used to strip binaries. This is especially
|
|
|
|
# annoying in cross-compiling environments, where the build's strip
|
|
|
|
# is unlikely to handle the host's binaries.
|
|
|
|
# Fortunately install-sh will honor a STRIPPROG variable, so we
|
|
|
|
# always use install-sh in "make install-strip", and initialize
|
|
|
|
# STRIPPROG with the value of the STRIP variable (set by the user).
|
|
|
|
AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP],
|
|
|
|
[AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl
|
|
|
|
# Installed binaries are usually stripped using 'strip' when the user
|
|
|
|
# run "make install-strip". However 'strip' might not be the right
|
|
|
|
# tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake
|
|
|
|
# will honor the 'STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program.
|
|
|
|
dnl Don't test for $cross_compiling = yes, because it might be 'maybe'.
|
|
|
|
if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then
|
|
|
|
AC_CHECK_TOOL([STRIP], [strip], :)
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s"
|
|
|
|
AC_SUBST([INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM])])
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-06 00:32:48 +03:00
|
|
|
# Copyright (C) 2006-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
|
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
|
|
|
|
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
|
|
|
|
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE)
|
|
|
|
# ---------------------------
|
|
|
|
# Prevent Automake from outputting VARIABLE = @VARIABLE@ in Makefile.in.
|
|
|
|
# This macro is traced by Automake.
|
|
|
|
AC_DEFUN([_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE])
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE)
|
|
|
|
# --------------------------
|
|
|
|
# Public sister of _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE.
|
|
|
|
AC_DEFUN([AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE], [_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE($@)])
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# Check how to create a tarball. -*- Autoconf -*-
|
|
|
|
|
2019-01-06 00:32:48 +03:00
|
|
|
# Copyright (C) 2004-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
CHANGES FROM 2.3 to 2.4 20 April 2017
Incompatible Changes
====================
* Key tables have undergone major changes. Mode key tables are no longer
separate from the main key tables. All mode key tables have been removed,
together with the -t flag to bind-key and unbind-key.
The emacs-edit, vi-edit, emacs-choose and vi-choose tables have been replaced
by fixed key bindings in the command prompt and choose modes. The mode-keys
and status-keys options remain.
The emacs-copy and vi-copy tables have been replaced by the copy-mode and
copy-mode-vi tables. Commands are sent using the -X and -N flags to
send-keys. So the following:
bind -temacs-copy C-Up scroll-up
bind -temacs-copy -R5 WheelUpPane scroll-up
Becomes:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-Up send -X scroll-up
bind -Tcopy-mode WheelUpPane send -N5 -X scroll-up
This changes allows the full command parser (including command sequences) and
command set to be used - for example, the normal command prompt with editing
and history is now used for searching, jumping, and so on instead of a custom
one. The default C-r binding is now:
bind -Tcopy-mode C-r command-prompt -p'search up' "send -X search-backward '%%'"
There are also some new commmands available with send -X, such as
copy-pipe-and-cancel.
* set-remain-on-exit has gone -- can be achieved with hooks instead.
* Hooks: before hooks have been removed and only a selection of commands now
have after hooks (they are no longer automatic). Additional hooks have been
added.
* The xterm-keys option now defaults to on.
Normal Changes
==============
* Support for mouse double and triple clicks.
* BCE (Background Colour Erase) is now supported.
* All occurrences of a search string in copy mode are now highlighted;
additionally, the number of search results is displayed. The highlighting
updates interactively with the default emacs key bindings (incremental
search).
* source-file now understands glob patterns.
* Formats now have simple comparisons:
#{==:a,b}
#{!=:a,b}
* There are the following new formats:
- #{version} -- the tmux server version;
- #{client_termtype} -- the terminal type of the client;
- #{client_name} -- the name of a client;
- #{client_written} -- the number of bytes written to the client.
* The configuration file now accepts %if/%endif conditional blocks which are
processed when it is parsed; the argument is a format string (useful with the
new format comparison options).
* detach-client now has -E to execute a command replacing the client instead of
exiting.
* Add support for custom command aliases, this is an array option which
contains items of the form "alias=command". This is consulted when an
unknown command is parsed.
* break-pane now has -n to specify the new window name.
* OSC 52 support has been added for programs inside tmux to set a tmux buffer.
* The mouse "all event" mode (1003) is now supported.
* Palette setting is now possible (OSC 4 and 104).
* Strikethrough support (a recent terminfo is required).
* Grouped sessions can now be named (new -t).
* terminal-overrides and update-environment are now array options (the previous
set -ag syntax should work without change).
* There have been substantial performance improvements.
CHANGES FROM 2.2 to 2.3 29 September 2016
Incompatible Changes
====================
None.
Normal Changes
==============
* New option 'pane-border-status' to add text in the pane borders.
* Support for hooks on commands: 'after' and 'before' hooks.
* 'source-file' understands '-q' to suppress errors for nonexistent files.
* Lots of UTF8 improvements, especially on MacOS.
* 'window-status-separator' understands #[] expansions.
* 'split-window' understands '-f' for performing a full-width split.
* Allow report count to be specified when using 'bind-key -R'.
* 'set -a' for appending to user options (@foo) is now supported.
* 'display-panes' can now accept a command to run, rather than always
selecting the pane.
2017-04-23 03:21:37 +03:00
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
|
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
|
|
|
|
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
|
|
|
|
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# _AM_PROG_TAR(FORMAT)
|
|
|
|
# --------------------
|
|
|
|
# Check how to create a tarball in format FORMAT.
|
|
|
|
# FORMAT should be one of 'v7', 'ustar', or 'pax'.
|
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
|
# Substitute a variable $(am__tar) that is a command
|
|
|
|
# writing to stdout a FORMAT-tarball containing the directory
|
|
|
|
# $tardir.
|
|
|
|
# tardir=directory && $(am__tar) > result.tar
|
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
|
# Substitute a variable $(am__untar) that extract such
|
|
|
|
# a tarball read from stdin.
|
|
|
|
# $(am__untar) < result.tar
|
|
|
|
#
|
|
|
|
AC_DEFUN([_AM_PROG_TAR],
|
|
|
|
[# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. Yes, it's still used
|
|
|
|
# in the wild :-( We should find a proper way to deprecate it ...
|
|
|
|
AC_SUBST([AMTAR], ['$${TAR-tar}'])
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# We'll loop over all known methods to create a tar archive until one works.
|
|
|
|
_am_tools='gnutar m4_if([$1], [ustar], [plaintar]) pax cpio none'
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
m4_if([$1], [v7],
|
|
|
|
[am__tar='$${TAR-tar} chof - "$$tardir"' am__untar='$${TAR-tar} xf -'],
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[m4_case([$1],
|
|
|
|
[ustar],
|
|
|
|
[# The POSIX 1988 'ustar' format is defined with fixed-size fields.
|
|
|
|
# There is notably a 21 bits limit for the UID and the GID. In fact,
|
|
|
|
# the 'pax' utility can hang on bigger UID/GID (see automake bug#8343
|
|
|
|
# and bug#13588).
|
|
|
|
am_max_uid=2097151 # 2^21 - 1
|
|
|
|
am_max_gid=$am_max_uid
|
|
|
|
# The $UID and $GID variables are not portable, so we need to resort
|
|
|
|
# to the POSIX-mandated id(1) utility. Errors in the 'id' calls
|
|
|
|
# below are definitely unexpected, so allow the users to see them
|
|
|
|
# (that is, avoid stderr redirection).
|
|
|
|
am_uid=`id -u || echo unknown`
|
|
|
|
am_gid=`id -g || echo unknown`
|
|
|
|
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether UID '$am_uid' is supported by ustar format])
|
|
|
|
if test $am_uid -le $am_max_uid; then
|
|
|
|
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
|
|
|
|
_am_tools=none
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether GID '$am_gid' is supported by ustar format])
|
|
|
|
if test $am_gid -le $am_max_gid; then
|
|
|
|
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
|
|
|
|
_am_tools=none
|
|
|
|
fi],
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[pax],
|
|
|
|
[],
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[m4_fatal([Unknown tar format])])
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to create a $1 tar archive])
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# Go ahead even if we have the value already cached. We do so because we
|
|
|
|
# need to set the values for the 'am__tar' and 'am__untar' variables.
|
|
|
|
_am_tools=${am_cv_prog_tar_$1-$_am_tools}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for _am_tool in $_am_tools; do
|
|
|
|
case $_am_tool in
|
|
|
|
gnutar)
|
|
|
|
for _am_tar in tar gnutar gtar; do
|
|
|
|
AM_RUN_LOG([$_am_tar --version]) && break
|
|
|
|
done
|
|
|
|
am__tar="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$$tardir"'
|
|
|
|
am__tar_="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$tardir"'
|
|
|
|
am__untar="$_am_tar -xf -"
|
|
|
|
;;
|
|
|
|
plaintar)
|
|
|
|
# Must skip GNU tar: if it does not support --format= it doesn't create
|
|
|
|
# ustar tarball either.
|
|
|
|
(tar --version) >/dev/null 2>&1 && continue
|
|
|
|
am__tar='tar chf - "$$tardir"'
|
|
|
|
am__tar_='tar chf - "$tardir"'
|
|
|
|
am__untar='tar xf -'
|
|
|
|
;;
|
|
|
|
pax)
|
|
|
|
am__tar='pax -L -x $1 -w "$$tardir"'
|
|
|
|
am__tar_='pax -L -x $1 -w "$tardir"'
|
|
|
|
am__untar='pax -r'
|
|
|
|
;;
|
|
|
|
cpio)
|
|
|
|
am__tar='find "$$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L'
|
|
|
|
am__tar_='find "$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L'
|
|
|
|
am__untar='cpio -i -H $1 -d'
|
|
|
|
;;
|
|
|
|
none)
|
|
|
|
am__tar=false
|
|
|
|
am__tar_=false
|
|
|
|
am__untar=false
|
|
|
|
;;
|
|
|
|
esac
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# If the value was cached, stop now. We just wanted to have am__tar
|
|
|
|
# and am__untar set.
|
|
|
|
test -n "${am_cv_prog_tar_$1}" && break
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# tar/untar a dummy directory, and stop if the command works.
|
|
|
|
rm -rf conftest.dir
|
|
|
|
mkdir conftest.dir
|
|
|
|
echo GrepMe > conftest.dir/file
|
|
|
|
AM_RUN_LOG([tardir=conftest.dir && eval $am__tar_ >conftest.tar])
|
|
|
|
rm -rf conftest.dir
|
|
|
|
if test -s conftest.tar; then
|
|
|
|
AM_RUN_LOG([$am__untar <conftest.tar])
|
|
|
|
AM_RUN_LOG([cat conftest.dir/file])
|
|
|
|
grep GrepMe conftest.dir/file >/dev/null 2>&1 && break
|
|
|
|
fi
|
|
|
|
done
|
|
|
|
rm -rf conftest.dir
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AC_CACHE_VAL([am_cv_prog_tar_$1], [am_cv_prog_tar_$1=$_am_tool])
|
|
|
|
AC_MSG_RESULT([$am_cv_prog_tar_$1])])
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AC_SUBST([am__tar])
|
|
|
|
AC_SUBST([am__untar])
|
|
|
|
]) # _AM_PROG_TAR
|
|
|
|
|